Filed under Rule 497(c)
File Nos. 2-96408
811-04254

April 28, 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

LEGG MASON PARTNERS GLOBAL HIGH YIELD BOND FUND

LEGG MASON PARTNERS SHORT/INTERMEDIATE U.S. GOVERNMENT FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the prospectus of each of Legg Mason Global High Yield Bond Fund (“Global High Yield Bond Fund”) and Legg Mason Partners Short/Intermediate U.S. Government Fund (“U.S. Government Fund”) (each, a “fund” and collectively, the “funds”), each dated April 28, 2008, as amended and supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into each fund’s prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, each fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name effective April 16, 2007. Each fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI is that of each fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about a fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual report to shareholders. These reports contain financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. Each fund’s prospectus and copies of these reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the funds’ distributor to sell shares of the applicable fund (each, a “Service Agent”) or by writing or calling the Trust at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the funds’ sole and exclusive distributor.

CONTENTS

	Page
Investment Objectives and Management Policies	2
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings	40
Investment Policies	43
Management	47
Investment Management and Other Services	59
Portfolio Manager Disclosure	70
Purchase of Shares	73
Redemption of Shares	80
Valuation of Shares	81
Exchange Privilege	81
Taxes	83
Additional Information	90
Financial Statements	96
Appendix A—Description of Ratings	A-1
Appendix B—Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited Proxy Voting Policy	B-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

1

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

Each fund seeks to maximize total return, consistent with the preservation of capital. The prospectuses discuss the investment objective of each of the funds and the policies each employs to achieve its objective. The following discussion supplements the description of a fund’s investment policies in its prospectus. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the funds. Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) serves as the subadviser to the funds. In addition, Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML” and, together with Western Asset, the “subadvisers”) is an additional subadviser to Global High Yield Bond Fund.

Each fund’s investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

Global High Yield Bond Fund

Global High Yield Bond Fund invests primarily in high yield bonds issued by U.S. and foreign corporations and foreign governments and their agencies and instrumentalities. Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in high yield bonds and related investments. Under normal circumstances, the fund will be invested in at least three countries (one of which may be the U.S.). The fund may also invest up to 35% of its total assets in sovereign debt issued by emerging market governmental entities or agencies.

Credit quality: High yield bonds are rated below investment grade by a nationally or internationally recognized statistical rating organization, or, if unrated, determined by a subadviser to be of equivalent quality. Below investment grade securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

Duration: The fund may invest in individual securities of any duration. Duration is an approximate measure of the sensitivity of the market value of the fund’s portfolio to changes in interest rates.

U.S. Government Fund

Under normal circumstances, U.S. Government Fund invests substantially all of its assets in debt securities and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and related investments. The fund will give written notice to its shareholders at least 60 days prior to implementing any change to this policy. The fund’s investments may include private pools of mortgages, the payment of principal and interest on which is guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. There are a number of important differences among the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government that issue mortgage-related securities and among the securities that they issue. Mortgage-related securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA securities are also supported by the right of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee. Mortgage-related securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, as the case may be, are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States but are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury.

Duration: The fund normally maintains an average portfolio effective duration of between one and a half and four and a half years. Duration is an approximate measure of the sensitivity of the market value of the fund’s portfolio to changes in interest rates.

Additional Information

The funds’ principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the funds.

2

Each fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by a fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by a fund, the fund’s portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage-or asset backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Global High Yield Bond Fund

Global High Yield Bond Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in high yield bonds and related investments. Certain of the high yield securities purchased by the fund may be rated as low as “C” by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or “D” by Standard & Poors Ratings Group (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”), or determined by a subadviser to be comparable to securities so rated. The lower-rated bonds in which the fund may invest are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The fund may also invest up to 35% of its total assets in sovereign debt issued by emerging market governmental entities or agencies. The fund may also invest to a limited extent in distressed debt securities.

An emerging market country will be considered to be any country which, at the time of investment, is represented in the JP Morgan EMBI Global Index, or categorized by the World Bank in its annual categorization, as middle- or low-income. The JP Morgan EMBI Global Index country and regional composition currently includes 27 countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, South Korea, Russia, Venezuela, Philippines, Poland, Malaysia, Panama, Bulgaria, Nigeria, China, Ecuador, Peru, Colombia, Morocco, Greece, Turkey, Hungary, Croatia, Lebanon, South Africa, Algeria, Thailand, Chile and Cote d’Ivoire. The World Bank’s list of countries categorized as low- or middle-income includes a total of 152 counties in its index, including the 27 countries included in the JP Morgan EMBI Global Index. Investing in the equity and fixed-income markets of developing countries involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability, than those of developed countries. Historical experience indicates that the market of developing countries have been more volatile than the markets of the more mature economies of developed countries; however, such markets often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

The fund may also invest in zero coupon securities and PIK bonds, which involve special risk considerations.

The fund may invest a portion of its assets in loan participations and assignments.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in common stock, convertible securities, warrants, preferred stock or other equity securities when consistent with the fund’s objectives. The fund will generally hold such equity investments as a result of purchases of unit offerings of fixed-income securities which include such securities or in connection with an actual or proposed conversion or exchange of fixed-income securities, but may also purchase equity securities not associated with fixed-income securities when, in the opinion of the portfolio managers, such purchase is appropriate.

3

In order to maintain liquidity, the fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in high-quality short-term money market instruments. Such instruments may include U.S. government obligations; commercial paper of issuers rated, at the time of purchase, A-2 or better by S&P or P-2 or better by Moody’s or which, in the subadviser’s determination, are of comparable quality; certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances or time deposits of U.S. banks with total assets of at least $1 billion (including obligations of foreign branches of such banks) and of the 75 largest foreign commercial banks in terms of total assets (including domestic branches of such banks), and repurchase agreements with respect to such obligations. For temporary defensive purposes, the fund may invest without limit in such instruments. To the extent the fund assumes a defensive position, it will not be pursuing its investment objective.

The fund may enter into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, may purchase securities on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities, and may make loans of portfolio securities.

The fund may invest up to 10% of the value of its total assets in illiquid securities, including securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are restricted securities. The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities, including such securities for which there is a secondary market of “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The fund’s holdings of Rule 144A securities which are liquid securities will not be subject to the 10% limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

As a hedge against either a decline in the value of securities included in the fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain, the fund may use all of the various investment strategies referred to under “Derivatives” below.

U.S. Government Fund

U.S. Government Fund seeks to attain its object by investing, under normal circumstances, substantially all of its assets in U.S. government obligations, including debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and related investments. The securities in which the fund may invest are:

(1) U.S. Treasury obligations;

(2) U.S. government obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government which are backed by their own credit and may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government;

(3) mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by GNMA, popularly known as “Ginnie Maes,” that are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Such securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments due whether or not payments are actually made on the underlying mortgages;

(4) mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government which are supported by their own credit but not the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, such as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) and the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), commonly known as “Fannie Maes”;

(5) collateralized mortgage obligations issued by private issuers for which the underlying mortgage-backed securities serving as collateral are backed: (i) by the credit alone of the U.S. government agency or instrumentality which issues or guarantees the mortgage-backed securities; or (ii) by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government;

(6) repurchase agreements collateralized by any of the above; and

(7) derivative contracts (such as futures and options) relating to any of the above.

4

The fund may invest in various types of structured instruments, including securities that have demand, tender or put features, or interest rate reset features. Structured instruments may take the form of participation interests or receipts in underlying securities or other assets, and in some cases are backed by a financial institution serving as a liquidity provider. Some of these instruments may have an interest rate swap feature which substitutes a floating or variable interest rate for the fixed interest rate on an underlying security and some may be asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities. Structured instruments are a type of derivative instrument and the payment and credit qualities of these instruments derive from the assets embedded in the structure.

Any guarantee of the securities in which the fund invests runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the fund and not to the purchase of shares of the fund. Neither the issuance by nor the guarantee of a U.S. government agency for a security constitutes assurance that the security will not significantly fluctuate in value or that the fund will receive the originally anticipated yield on the security. In addition, to the extent that the guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, there is no assurance that the agency issuing the guarantee will be able to honor its obligations. Investors should note that shares of the fund are neither insured nor guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities.

From time to time, a significant portion of the fund’s assets may be invested in mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage-backed securities in which the fund invests represent participating interests in pools of fixed rate and adjustable rate residential mortgage loans issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government. Mortgage-backed securities are issued by lenders such as mortgage bankers, commercial banks, and savings and loan associations. Mortgage-backed securities generally provide monthly payments which are, in effect, a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans. Principal prepayments result from the sale of the underlying property or the refinancing or foreclosure of underlying mortgages, as well as scheduled and unscheduled payments of principal of the underlying mortgages.

The fund currently expects that it will maintain an average portfolio effective duration of between one and a half and four and a half years. Duration is an approximate measure of the sensitivity of the value of a fixed-income security to changes in interest rates. In general, the percentage change in a fixed-income security’s value in response to changes in interest rates is a function of that security’s duration multiplied by the percentage point change in interest rates. The fund may, however, invest in securities of any maturity or effective duration and accordingly, the composition and weighted average maturity of the fund’s portfolio will vary from time to time, based upon the portfolio managers’ determination of how best to achieve the fund’s investment objective. With respect to mortgage-backed securities in which the fund invests, average maturity and duration are determined by using mathematical models that incorporate prepayment assumptions and other factors that involve estimates of future economic parameters. These estimates may vary from actual results, particularly during periods of extreme market volatility. In addition, the average maturity and duration of mortgage-backed derivative securities may not accurately reflect the price volatility of such securities under certain market conditions.

The yield of the mortgage securities is based on the prepayment rates experienced over the life of the security. Prepayments tend to increase during periods of falling interest rates, while during periods of rising interest rates prepayments will most likely decline. Reinvestment by the fund of scheduled principal payments and unscheduled prepayments may occur at higher or lower rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of the fund. Monthly interest payments received by the fund have a compounding effect which will increase the yield to shareholders as compared to debt obligations that pay interest semiannually.

While the fund seeks a high level of current income, it cannot invest in instruments such as lower grade corporate obligations which offer higher yields but are subject to greater credit risks.

5

The fund may enter into repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, may purchase securities on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities, and may make loans of portfolio securities. The fund does not currently intend to make loans of portfolio securities with a value in excess of 33% of the value of its total assets. The fund may also enter into mortgage “dollar rolls.”

The fund may invest up to 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, such as restricted securities and securities that are not readily marketable.

The section below contains a discussion of certain investment practices of the funds and certain of the risks associated with those practices, and supplements the description of each fund’s investments and risks contained in the fund’s prospectus. Investment practices are listed alphabetically, and cross-references between related investment practices are included for ease of reference.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. A fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in a fund would likely decrease. Also, a fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to a fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support

6

payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Bank Obligations

Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

Bank obligations that may be purchased by a fund include certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. None of the funds will purchase bank obligations which the portfolio managers believe, at the time of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to certain of the funds’ investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to a fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the fund on such investments. See also Foreign Securities in this section.

Borrowing

Each of the funds may borrow in certain limited circumstances. See “Investment Restrictions and Limitations.” Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of a fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, a fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. A fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing, which could affect the portfolio managers’ strategy and the ability of the fund to comply with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in order to provide pass-though tax treatment to shareholders. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of a fund’s shares. See also Reverse Repurchase Agreements in this section.

Brady Bonds

Global High Yield Bond Fund may also invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt

7

restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela.

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero- coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multiclass Pass-through Securities

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. CMOs acquired by the U.S. Government Fund will be limited to those issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government and, if available in the future, the U.S. government.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the

8

CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. The U.S. Government Fund has no present intention to invest in CMO residuals. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as a fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. Each fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities.

Master demand notes are unsecured obligations of U.S. corporations redeemable upon notice that permit investment by a mutual fund of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation. Because master demand notes are direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation, there is no secondary market for the notes. The notes are, however, redeemable at face value plus accrued interest at any time. However, a fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Common Stock

Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer, and do not offer the degree of protection of debt securities. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will create prior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

9

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed-income securities—that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common shares at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common shares, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

Debt Obligations

Each of the funds may invest to some extent in debt obligations. Debt obligations include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper, loans, and other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed-income obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. Changes in market yields will affect a fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed-income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities. See “High Yield Securities” below.

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although a fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, a fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and a fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

See the following for a description of various types of debt obligations in which certain of the funds may invest: Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities, Asset-Backed Securities, Brady Bonds, Bank Obligations,

10

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multi-Class Pass Through Securities, Deferred Interest Bonds, Floating and Variable Rate Instruments, High Yield Securities, Inverse Floating Rate Obligations, Loan Participations and Assignments, Money Market Instruments, Mortgage-Backed Securities, Privately Issued Mortgage Securities, Stripped Mortgage Securities, Structured Instruments, U.S. Government Obligations, Zero Coupon Bonds, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities.

Deferred Interest Bonds

Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. A fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund’s distribution obligations. See also Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities in this section.

Depositary Receipts

Securities of foreign issuers may be purchased directly or through depository receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign companies. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European and global securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs and GDRs are European and global receipts, respectively, evidencing a similar arrangement.

ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the holders. In addition, less information is generally available in the United States about the issuer of an unsponsored depositary receipt as it is for the issuer of a sponsored depositary receipt. See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

Derivative Instruments- Options, Futures and Other Strategies

General. Each fund may invest in certain options, futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, indexed securities and other derivative instruments (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) to, among other things, to attempt to hedge its investments or attempt to enhance its return or yield through non-hedging strategies. Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, this SAI or by applicable law, a fund may purchase and sell any type of Financial Instrument.

The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. In addition, a fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of

11

one or more investments held in a fund’s portfolio. Thus, in a short hedge the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. Thus, in a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to the portfolio security that the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security it anticipated purchasing, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indices, in contrast, generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities generally are used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadvisor expects to discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques. These new opportunities may become available as the subadvisor develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadvisor may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with a fund’s investment objective and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. A fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below, and may result in losses to a fund. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the fund. A fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders.

Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadvisor’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. The prices of derivatives may move in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal market conditions. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed, and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to reduce risk or increase return.

A fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If a fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

A fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

12

Certain Risks Associated with Hedging Strategies. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indices will depend on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities or other assets being hedged.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded Financial Instruments, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. A fund may invest in Financial Instruments based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the position in Financial Instruments will not track the performance of the fund’s other investments.

Prices of Financial Instruments can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the fund’s portfolio investments well. Prices of Financial Instruments are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the markets for Financial Instruments and the securities markets, from structural differences in how Financial Instruments and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. A fund may purchase or sell Financial Instruments with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the fund’s positions in Financial Instruments are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

If successful, the above-discussed strategies can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if a fund entered into a short hedge because its subadvisor projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

Cover. Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchased options, expose the fund to an obligation to another party. Each fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, segregate on its books cash or liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. Each fund may cover such transactions using other methods currently or as may be permitted in the future under the 1940 Act or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by a fund.

Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of a fund’s assets to cover in accounts could impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options. A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell,

13

and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

Each fund may purchase call options for any purpose. For example, a call option may be purchased by a fund as a long hedge. Call options also may be used as a means of participating in an anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited risk basis than would be possible if the security itself were purchased. In the event of a decline in the price of the underlying security, use of this strategy would serve to limit a fund’s potential loss to the option premium paid; conversely, if the market price of the underlying security increases above the exercise price and the fund either sells or exercises the option, any profit realized would be reduced by the premium.

Each fund may purchase put options for any purpose. For example, a put option may be purchased by a fund as a short hedge. The put option enables the fund to sell the underlying security at the predetermined exercise price; thus the potential for loss to the fund below the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any profit the fund realizes on the sale of the security would be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Writing put or call options can enable a fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, the fund may also suffer a loss as a result of writing options. For example, if the market price of the security underlying a put option declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, the fund would suffer a loss.

Writing call options can serve as a limited short hedge, because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to sell the security or currency at less than its market value. If the call option is an over the counter (“OTC”) option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

Writing put options can serve as a limited long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to purchase the security or currency at more than its market value. If the put option is an OTC option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment and general market conditions.

A fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, a fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, the fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

A type of put that each fund may purchase is an “optional delivery standby commitment,” which is entered into by parties selling debt securities to the fund. An optional delivery standby commitment gives the fund the right to sell the security back to the seller on specified terms. This right is provided as an inducement to purchase the security.

14

Risks of Options on Securities. Options may result in a fund’s net asset value being more sensitive to changes in the value of the related instrument. The fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

A fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. There can be no assurance that a fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration, if at all.

If a fund were unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, due to the absence of a secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the fund could cause material losses because the fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options have varying expiration dates. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying security or other instrument. Options purchased by a fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by a fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

Options on Indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities or futures contracts except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When a fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When a fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When a fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When a fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Risks of Options on Indices. The risks of investment in options on indices may be greater than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, when a fund writes a call on an index it cannot provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. A fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, a fund cannot, as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities as underlie the index and, as a result, bears a risk that the value of the securities held will vary from the value of the index.

15

Even if a fund could assemble a portfolio that exactly reproduced the composition of the underlying index, it still would not be fully covered from a risk standpoint because of the “timing risk” inherent in writing index options. When an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled to receive is determined by the difference between the exercise price and the closing index level on the date when the option is exercised. As with other kinds of options, the fund as the call writer will not learn that the fund has been assigned until the next business day at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice of assignment poses no risk for the writer of a covered call on a specific underlying security, such as common stock, because there the writer’s obligation is to deliver the underlying security, not to pay its value as of a fixed time in the past. So long as the writer already owns the underlying security, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and the risk that its value may have declined since the exercise date is borne by the exercising holder. In contrast, even if the writer of an index call holds securities that exactly match the composition of the underlying index, it will not be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those securities against payment of the exercise price. Instead, it will be required to pay cash in an amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date. By the time it learns that it has been assigned, the index may have declined, with a corresponding decline in the value of its portfolio. This “timing risk” is an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their risk exposure by holding securities positions.

If a fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

OTC Options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows a fund great flexibility to tailor the option to its needs, OTC options generally involve greater risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are considered illiquid by the SEC.

Generally, OTC non-U.S. currency options used by a fund are European-style options. This means that the option is only exercisable immediately prior to its expiration. This is in contrast to American-style options, which are exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. A fund may invest in single security futures contracts to the extent permitted by applicable law. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option. The purchase of futures or call options on futures can serve as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options on futures can serve as a short hedge. Writing call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for writing call options on securities or indices. Similarly, writing put options on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge. Futures contracts and options on futures contracts can also be purchased and sold to attempt to enhance income or yield. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the fund’s investment policies, each fund may also write call and put options on futures contracts that are not covered.

In addition, futures strategies can be used to manage the average duration of a fund’s fixed-income portfolio. If the subadvisor wishes to shorten the average duration of a fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the fund may sell a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If the subadvisor wishes to lengthen the average duration of the fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

16

Futures contracts may also be used for non-hedging purposes, such as to simulate full investment in underlying securities while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in a security, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying security or index.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract a fund is required to deposit “initial margin.” Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the fund’s obligations to or from a futures broker. When a fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the fund when the use of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the value of the securities or currencies being hedged. In contrast, when a fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If the fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or currencies, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same currency or underlying security and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the fund realizes a loss. A fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If a fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. The fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

Each fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

17

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures market), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of general interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market trends by the subadvisor may still not result in a successful transaction. Of course, the subadvisor may be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of various interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market movements or the time span within which the movements take place.

Index Futures. The risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of index futures and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge increases as the composition of the fund’s portfolio diverges from the securities included in the applicable index. The price of the index futures may move more than or less than the price of the securities being hedged. If the price of the index futures moves less than the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, a fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the futures contract. If the price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the securities, the fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the futures contract that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the securities being hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, a fund may buy or sell index futures in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the prices of the securities included in the index. It is also possible that, where a fund has sold index futures contracts to hedge against decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the securities held in the fund may decline. If this occurred, the fund would lose money on the futures contract and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities. However, while this could occur for a very brief period or to a very small degree, over time the value of a diversified portfolio of securities will tend to move in the same direction as the market indices on which the futures contracts are based.

Where index futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before the fund is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the fund then concludes not to invest in them at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, it will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities it had anticipated purchasing.

To the extent such instruments are permitted by applicable law and the fund’s investment policies, the fund may invest in security futures. Such investments are expected to be subject to risks similar to those of index future investing.

Non-U.S. Currency Hedging Strategies—Special Considerations. (Global High Yield Bond Fund) The fund may invest in securities that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies and may engage in a variety of non-U.S. currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates or to earn additional income. The fund may use options and futures contracts, swaps and indexed notes relating to non-U.S. currencies as described above and forward currency contracts, as described below, to attempt to hedge against movements in the values of the non-U.S. currencies in which the fund’s securities are denominated or to attempt to enhance income or yield. Currency hedges can protect against price movements in a security that the fund

18

owns or intends to acquire that are attributable to changes in the value of the currency in which it is denominated. Such hedges do not, however, protect against price movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.

The fund might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular currency when no Financial Instruments on that currency are available or such Financial Instruments are more expensive than certain other Financial Instruments. In such cases, the fund may seek to hedge against price movements in that currency by entering into transactions using Financial Instruments on another currency or a basket of currencies, the value of which the fund’s subadvisor believes will have a high degree of correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the Financial Instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of the currency subject to the hedging transaction is magnified when this strategy is used.

The value of Financial Instruments on non-U.S. currencies depends on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because non-U.S. currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such Financial Instruments, the fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying non-U.S. currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for non-U.S. currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in non-U.S. currencies is a global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the markets for the Financial Instruments until they reopen.

Settlement of hedging transactions involving non-U.S. currencies might be required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus, the fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying non-U.S. currency in accordance with any U.S. or non-U.S. regulations regarding the maintenance of non-U.S. banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery assessed in the issuing country.

Options on non-U.S. currencies also have the risks of options on securities. See “Risks of Options on Securities” above.

Forward Currency Contracts. (Global High Yield Bond Fund) The fund may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell non-U.S. currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another non-U.S. currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the forward currency contract. These forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Forward currency contracts may be used to attempt to hedge currency exposure or to enhance return or yield.

Such transactions may serve as long hedges; for example, the fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a non-U.S. currency that the fund intends to acquire. Forward currency contract transactions may also serve as short hedges; for example, the fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security, dividend or interest payment denominated in a non-U.S. currency.

The fund may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in non-U.S. currency. For example, if the fund owned securities denominated in euros, it could enter into a forward currency contract to sell euros in return for U.S. dollars to hedge against possible

19

declines in the euro’s value. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the Euro. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

The cost to the fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the fund enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

As is the case with futures contracts, parties to forward currency contracts can enter into offsetting closing transactions, similar to closing transactions on futures contracts, by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract at any time prior to maturity, if at all. In either event, the fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain the required cover.

The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the non-U.S. currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the fund might need to purchase or sell non-U.S. currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such non-U.S. currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. In addition, although forward currency contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currencies increase.

Successful use of forward currency contracts depends on the subadvisor’s skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward currency contracts may substantially change the fund’s exposure to changes in currency exchange rates and could result in losses to the fund if currencies do not perform as the fund’s subadvisor anticipates. There is no assurance that the subadvisor’s use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to the fund or that the subadvisor will hedge at an appropriate time.

Combined Positions. Each fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with other Financial Instruments, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. For example, a fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Turnover. A fund’s options and futures activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commission payments. The exercise of calls or puts written by a fund, and the sale or purchase of futures contracts, may cause it to sell or purchase related investments, thus increasing its turnover rate. Once a fund has received an exercise

20

notice on an option it has written, it cannot effect a closing transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver or receive the underlying securities at the exercise price. The exercise of puts purchased by a fund may also cause the sale of related investments, also increasing turnover; although such exercise is within the fund’s control, holding a protective put might cause it to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. The fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or purchases or sells a futures contract. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars. Each fund may enter into swaps, caps, floors and collars to preserve a return or a spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to attempt to enhance yield. A swap involves the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements, including caps, floors and collars, can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield because, and to the extent, these agreements affect the fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, non-U.S. currency values, mortgage-backed security values, corporate borrowing rates or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift a fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency.

Each fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, a fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap which may be significantly larger than the fund’s cost to enter into the credit default swap.

Each fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk - that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the fund in the event of a default.

The net amount of the excess, if any, of a fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis, depending on whether a threshold amount (if any) is exceeded, and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value approximately equal to the accrued excess will be

21

maintained as collateral. Each fund will also maintain collateral with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis, and will maintain collateral as required by SEC guidelines from time to time with respect to caps and floors written by the fund.

Flexibility. Generally, the foregoing is not intended to limit a fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what the fund may do are not intended to limit other any activity. Each fund maintains the flexibility to use Financial Instruments for any purpose consistent with applicable law and any express limitations in the SAI or the Prospectus.

Distressed Debt Securities

See the discussion under High Yield Securities in this section.

Equity Securities

See the discussions under Common Stock, Convertible Securities, Investment Company Securities, Preferred Stock, Real Estate Investment Trusts and Warrants in this section.

Firm Commitments

Securities may be purchased on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. A fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. A fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments. See also Stand-by Commitments, TBA Purchase Commitments and When-Issued Securities in this section.

Fixed-Income Securities

See Debt Obligations is this section.

Floating and Variable Rate Instruments

Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by a fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer at par value prior to maturity. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. A fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as the fixed-income securities which the fund is otherwise permitted to purchase. The portfolio managers will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

22

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by a fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by a fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, each fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

A fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date such fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than a fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by such fund between that bank and the fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, greater difficulty in determining the fair value of securities, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and from fluctuating interest rates.

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for a fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of a fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by a fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of a fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

23

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) limits a fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict a fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in a fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of a fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of a fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause a fund to forego attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to a fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit a fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for a fund, in which event the fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. A fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of a fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in a fund’s portfolio.

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of a fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of a fund. For example, the fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

24

Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect a fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require a fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the fund.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on a fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for open-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for a fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of a fund. See Depositary Receipts and Sovereign Debt in this section. See also High Yield Sovereign Debt Securities under High Yield Securities in this section.

High Yield Securities

Global High Yield Bond Fund may invest all of the Fund’s total assets in domestic and foreign “high yield” securities, commonly known as “junk bonds.”

Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by a fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares.

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

25

The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of a fund holding such securities to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of such a fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If a fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value such fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of a fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in a fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect a fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in recent years.

High Yield Corporate Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. A fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the applicable funds may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, a fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities. Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose funds investing in such securities to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay

26

principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which a fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, a fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which certain of the funds may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect a fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants. See Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

27

Distressed Debt Securities. Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by a fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of a subadviser of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

A fund will generally make such investments only when the portfolio managers believe it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the fund will received new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which a fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed debt securities, the fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan or reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by a fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan or reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by a fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of a fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities. None of the funds will generally invest more than 5% of their assets in securities that are already in default or subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

Illiquid Securities

Certain funds may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public, or restricted securities. Restricted securities are generally securities that have been sold in the United States without registration under applicable securities laws, and are thus subject to restrictions on resale, except for those eligible for resale under Rule 144A. If a fund must sell restricted securities at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous (to satisfy redemptions, for example), the fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to a fund should the fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. A fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the fund.

If a fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. See also Rule 144A Securities in this section.

Investment Company Securities

Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the funds may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent a fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund

28

shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The funds may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or a more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the funds may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

The funds may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U.S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations

Inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters” have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an index rate, but may also be determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or (Cost of Funds Index (“COFI”). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed-income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase.

Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Loan Participations and Assignments

Loan Participations and Assignments are interests in loans and therefore are considered to be investments in debt securities. If a fund purchases a Loan Participation, the fund typically will have a contractual relationship only with the Lender that sold the Participation, and not with the borrower. A fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Loan Participations, a fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the

29

Loan agreement relating to the Loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, a fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, a fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. A fund will acquire Loan Participations only if the Lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by a subadviser to be creditworthy. When a fund purchases Assignments from Lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning Lender.

A fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Loan Participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on a fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Loan Participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

The Board has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular Loan Participation or Assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the Loan Participation or Assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid Assignments and Loan Participation that a fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of a fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

In valuing a Loan Participation or Assignment held by a fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, a fund’s Loan Participations and Assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the Loan and of the Lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the Loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar Loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity. See “Net Asset Value.”

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The procedure for the lending of portfolio securities by a fund to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities, money market funds or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the lending agent who arranged the loan. If a fund receives securities as collateral, the fund will receive a fee from the Borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and, if unpaid, the fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the fund or the borrower at any time. A fund will receive the equivalent of any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities by terminating the loan. Because the borrower may terminate a loan at any time and return the loaned security to a fund, a fund bears the risk that it will be required to return the cash collateral underlying the loan at a time when the value of cash, as invested by the fund, has declined. The risks of lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, also consist of possible delay in receiving

30

additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially, or loss in the event that the value of the collateral, at the time of a default by the borrower, is less than the market value of the securities loaned. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the portfolio managers to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the portfolio managers the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are short-term debt obligations including U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements and certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association, repurchase agreements. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $100,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by a fund may not be fully insured. Money market instruments also include commercial paper and bankers acceptances and bank time deposits. Bankers acceptances are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity. Bank time deposits are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced. See also Bank Obligations, Commercial Paper, Structured Instruments and U.S. Government Obligations in this section.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that a fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities to the extent consistent with its investment objectives.

Background. Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

Yield Characteristics. Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if a fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if a fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by a fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher

31

interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments tend to be reduced, effectively extending the maturities of the securities, at a time when the securities may have a lower yield than other available instruments. As a result, mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed-income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by a fund and not to the purchase of shares of the Fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which a fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional

32

mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “FHLMC Act”). Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Recent accounting issues at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have resulted in turnover of top management at those entities and have led to increased congressional scrutiny and proposals for changes to how these government sponsored entities are regulated. It is unclear what effect that any such changes, if implemented, would have on the funds or on their investment in certificates issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

In mortgage “dollar rolls” a fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, a fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. A fund is typically compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. At the time a fund enters into a mortgage “dollar roll,” it will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls. Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stocks, like common stocks, represent an equity ownership in an issuer, but generally have a priority claim over common stocks, but not over debt, with respect to dividend payments and upon the liquidation or bankruptcy of the issuer. Therefore, preferred stock is subject to the credit risk of the issuer, but because of its subordinate position to debt obligations of the issuer, the deterioration of the credit of an issuer is likely to cause greater decreases in the value of preferred stock than in more senior debt obligations. The market

33

value of preferred stocks with no conversion rights and fixed dividend rates, like fixed-income securities, tends to move inversely with interest rates, with the price determined by the dividend rate. However, because most preferred stocks do not have a fixed maturity date (although they may have call features giving the issuer the right to call the securities under certain circumstances or redemption features giving the holder the right to cause the issuer to repurchase the securities under certain circumstances), these securities generally will fluctuate more in value when interest rates change than, for example, debt issued by the same issuer. Some preferred stocks may pay dividends at an adjustable rate, based on an auction, an index or other formula. In the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have less price volatility than fixed rate preferred stocks.

Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks do not typically have voting rights. Some preferred stocks have convertible features. See also Convertible Securities in this section.

Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities

Privately-issued mortgage securities are mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers and may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) are entities which either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans. Equity REITs may also include operating or finance companies. Equity REITs own real estate

34

directly and the value of, and income earned by, the trust depends upon the income of the underlying properties and the rental income they earn. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. The value of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation, the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements

Each fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from a fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. A fund’s custodian will have custody of, and will hold in a segregated account, securities acquired by the fund under a repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are considered by the staff of the SEC to be loans by a fund. Repurchase agreements could involve risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities.

Each fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the portfolio managers, are deemed creditworthy. A subadviser will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. Each fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and bears the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security if the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, a fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that a fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by a fund.

Restricted Securities

See Illiquid Securities and Rule 144A Securities in this section.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of portfolio securities by a fund to a broker/dealer or other financial institution, with an agreement by the fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment and are considered borrowings by the funds and are subject to any borrowing limitations set forth under “Investment Restrictions and Limitations” in this SAI. A fund may have an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the investment of the cash proceeds of the sale than the fund is required to pay to the counterparty. However, opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid by the fund under the reverse repurchase agreement may not always be available. The use of reverse repurchase agreements involves the speculative factor known as “leverage” and may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of a fund’s assets. If a fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund will maintain assets with its custodian having a value equal to or greater than the value of its commitments under the agreement. A fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets may be adversely affected when it sets aside cash or securities to cover its commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a fund may decline below the repurchase price of those securities, that the assets purchased with the proceeds of the agreement decline in value, or that the buyer under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent. See also Borrowing in this section.

35

Rule 144A Securities

Certain funds may purchase Rule 144A securities, which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

If there is a secondary market for such securities, Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by or on behalf of a fund’s Board. The Board may delegate the day-to-day function of determining liquidity to a fund’s subadviser, provided that the Board retains oversight. The Board has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, the Board has delegated to a subadviser the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid requiring that consideration be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security and the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security. The Board periodically reviews each fund’s purchases and sales of Rule 144A securities.

To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that a fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of a fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. A subadviser, under the supervision of the Board, will monitor fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable a fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

Short Sales

Short sales of securities are transactions in which a fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of the security. To complete such a transaction, the fund must borrow the security to make delivery to the buyer. The fund then is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the fund. Until the security is replaced, the fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest paid during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold short. A portion of the net proceeds of the short sale may be retained by the broker (or by the fund’s custodian in a special custody account) to the extent necessary to meet margin sales. The fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund replaces the borrowed security. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of premiums, dividends, interest or expenses the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. An increase in the value of a security sold short by the fund over the price which it was sold short will result in a loss to the fund, and there can be no assurance that the fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. Where short sales are not against the box, losses may be unlimited.

A fund may enter into a short sale “against the box” where it owns the securities sold short (or securities convertible or exchangeable into such securities at no additional cost to the fund). If the fund enters into a short sale against the box, it will be required to hold such securities while the short sale is outstanding. A fund will incur transaction costs, including interest expense, in connection with opening, maintaining, and closing short sales against the box. If the fund engages in any short sales against the box, it will incur the risk that the security sold short will appreciate in value after the sale, with the result that a fund will lose the benefit of any such appreciation. A fund may make short sales both as a form of hedging to offset potential declines in long positions in similar securities and in order to maintain portfolio flexibility. Short sales may be subject to special tax rules, one of the effects of which may be to accelerate income to a fund.

36

Sovereign Debt

Sovereign debt is debt issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including countries, provinces and municipalities) or their agencies and instrumentalities. Sovereign debt may trade at a substantial discount from face value. Emerging-market country sovereign debt involves a high degree of risk, is generally lower-quality debt, and is considered speculative in nature. The issuer or governmental authorities that control sovereign-debt repayment (“sovereign debtors”) may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash-flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy towards the IMF, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their debt. The commitment of these third parties to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of the debtor’s obligations. The sovereign debtor’s failure to meet these conditions may cause these third parties to cancel their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair the debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers, Supranational Debt Obligations and High Yield Securities—High Yield Foreign Debt Securities in this section.

Stand-by Commitments

A stand-by commitment involves the purchase of municipal securities by a fund together with the right to resell them to the seller or a third party at an agreed-upon price or yield within specified periods prior to their maturity dates. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a stand-by commitment, and the aggregate price which a fund pays for securities with a stand-by commitment may increase the cost, and thereby reduce the yield, of the security. The primary purpose of this practice is to provide a fund with liquidity as needed. Stand-by commitments involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the commitment to pay for the securities at the time the commitment is exercised, non-marketability of the commitment, and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the commitment. See also Firm Commitments in this section.

Stripped Mortgage Securities

Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may

37

have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, a fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Structured Instruments

Each fund may invest in various types of structured instruments, including securities that have demand, tender or put features, or interest rate reset features. Structured instruments may take the form of participation interests or receipts in underlying securities or other assets, and in some cases are backed by a financial institution serving as a liquidity provider. Some of these instruments may have an interest rate swap feature which substitutes a floating or variable interest rate for the fixed interest rate on an underlying security and some may be asset-backed or mortgage-backed securities. Structured instruments are a type of derivative instrument and the payment and credit qualities of these instruments derive from the assets embedded in the structure.

Supranational Debt Obligations

Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities and international banking institutions and related government agencies to promote economic reconstruction or development. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the

World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future. See Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers, and Sovereign Debt in this section.

TBA Purchase Commitments

TBA or “To Be Announced” purchase commitments are commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date, typically not exceeding 75 to 90 days. TBA purchase commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued at the current market value of the underlying securities and a fund will set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, a fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If a fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. See also When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities in this section.

U.S. Government Obligations

Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., direct pass-through certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Maes”)); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Macs”)). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

38

Warrants

Warrants are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holder to subscribe for other securities. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

When-Issued Securities

Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis means that delivery of the securities occurs beyond customary settlement times. Delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable, accrues to the Portfolio until settlement takes place.

At the time a fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, a fund will identify on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, a fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If a fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When a fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered advantageous. See TBA Securities in this section.

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities

Certain of the funds may invest in zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities. A zero coupon bond pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life, although interest is accrued during that period. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price). Because such securities usually trade at a deep discount, they will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities which make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, zero coupon securities eliminate reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity.

A fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals.

39

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of a fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, a fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributor or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end for funds other than money market funds, and 25 calendar days following month-end with respect to money market funds. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end, except in the case of a money market fund’s holdings, which may be released with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after month end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to a Legg Mason or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

40

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed-income funds), performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the fund, as defined in the 1940 Act (“Independent Trustees”), and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s board of trustees.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s board of trustees.

Currently, the funds disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
State Street Bank & Trust Co.,     (Fund Custodian and Accounting     Agent)	Daily	None
Institutional Shareholders Services     (Proxy Voting Services)	As necessary	None
Bloomberg	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Lipper	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
S&P	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End

41

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
Morningstar	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Vestek	Daily	None
Factset	Daily	None
The Bank of New York	Daily	None
Thomson	Semi-annually	None
Dataware	Daily	None
ITG	Daily	None

Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
Baseline	Daily	None
Frank Russell	Monthly	1 Day
Callan	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Mercer	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
eVestment Alliance	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
CRA RogersCasey	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Cambridge Associates	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Marco Consulting	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Wilshire	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Informa Investment Services (Efron)	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
CheckFree (Mobius)	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Nelsons Information	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Investor Tools	Daily	None
Advent	Daily	None
BARRA	Daily	None
Plexus	Quarterly (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Elkins/McSherry	Quarterly (Calendar)	Sent the first business day following the end of a Quarter
Quantitative Services Group	Daily	None
AMBAC	Daily	None
Deutsche Bank	Monthly	6-8 business days
Fitch	Monthly	6-8 business days
Liberty Hampshire	Weekly and Month End	None
Sun Trust	Weekly and Month End	None
New England Pension Consultants	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Evaluation Associates	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Watson Wyatt	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
S&P (Rating Agency)	Weekly Tuesday Night*	1 business day*
Moody’s (Rating Agency)	Monthly*	6-8 business days*
Electra Information Systems	Daily	None
SunGard	Daily	None

* For a money market fund, the frequency of the release of information to this recipient may be weekly and there may be no delay in the release of the information.

42

INVESTMENT POLICIES

Each fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies of a fund may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of a fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each fund’s revised fundamental policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowing and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to

43

be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the funds do not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the funds do so, they will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies,

44

because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

Each fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

45

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the funds, neither fund may:

1. purchase securities on margin (except for delayed delivery or when-issued transactions or such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions, and except for initial and variation margin payments in connection with purchases or sales of futures contracts);

2. sell securities short (except for short positions in a futures contract or forward contract);

3. purchase or retain any securities of an issuer if one or more persons affiliated with the fund owns beneficially more than  ¹/2 of 1% of the outstanding securities of such issuer and such affiliated persons so owning  ¹/2 of 1% together own beneficially more than 5% of such securities;

4. invest in oil, gas and other mineral leases, provided, however, that this shall not prohibit the fund from purchasing publicly traded securities of companies engaging in whole or in part in such activities;

5. purchase the securities of any issuer if by reason thereof the value of its investment in all securities of that issuer will exceed 5% of the value of the issuer’s total assets;

6. purchase securities of issuers which it is restricted from selling to the public without registration under the 1933 Act if by reason thereof the value of its aggregate investment in such classes of securities will exceed 10% of its total assets, provided, however, that this limitation shall not apply to Rule 144A securities if determined by the Board to be liquid;

Diversification

Each fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that neither fund may purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest no more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the funds cannot change their classifications from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

46

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Board”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The Trustees, including the Trustees of the funds who are not “interested persons” of the funds (the “Independent Trustees”) as defined in the 1940 Act, and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s current Board of Trustees.

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Elliott J. Berv Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	President and Chief Executive Officer, Catalyst (consulting) (since 1984); Chief Executive Officer, Rocket City Enterprises (media) (2000 to 2005)	68	Board Member, American Identity Corp. (doing business as Morpheus Technologies) (biometric information management) (since 2001); Director, Lapoint Industries (industrial filter company) (since 2002); Director, Alzheimer’s Association (New England Chapter) (since 1998)
A. Benton Cocanougher Born 1938	Trustee	Since 1991	Dean Emeritus and Professor, Texas A&M University (since 2004); former Interim Chancellor, Texas A&M University System (2003 to 2004); former Special Advisor to the President, Texas A&M University (2002 to 2003); former Dean and Professor of Marketing, College and Graduate School of Business of Texas A&M University (1987 to 2001)	68	None

47

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Jane F. Dasher Born 1949	Trustee	Since 1999	Chief Financial Officer, Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company)	68	None
Mark T. Finn Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	Adjunct Professor, College of William & Mary (since 2002); Principal/Member, Balvan Partners (investment management) (since 2002); Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Owner, Vantage Consulting Group, Inc. (investment management) (since 1988); formerly, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, Lindner Asset Management Company (mutual fund company) (1999 to 2001); formerly, General Partner and Shareholder, Greenwich Ventures LLC (investment partnership) (1996 to 2001)	68	None
Rainer Greeven Born 1936	Trustee	Since 1994	Attorney, Rainer Greeven PC; President and Director, 62nd Street East Corporation (real estate) (since 2002)	68	None

48

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Stephen Randolph Gross Born 1947	Trustee	Since 1986	Chairman, HLB Gross Collins, P.C. (accounting and consulting firm) (since 1979); Treasurer, Coventry Limited, Inc. (Senior Living Facilities) (since 1985); formerly, Managing Director, Fountainhead Ventures, L.L.C. (technology accelerator) (1998 to 2003); formerly, Treasurer, Hank Aaron Enterprises (fast food franchise) (1985 to 2001); formerly, Partner, Capital Investment Advisory Partners (leverage buyout consulting) (2000 to 2002); formerly, Secretary, Carint N.A. (manufacturing) (1998 to 2002)	68	Director, Andersen Calhoun (assisted living) (since 1987); formerly, Director, United Telesis, Inc. (telecommunications) (1997 to 2002); formerly, Director, ebank Financial Services, Inc. (1997 to 2004)
Richard E. Hanson, Jr. Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1985	Retired; formerly, Headmaster, The New Atlanta Jewish Community High School, Atlanta, Georgia (1996 to 2000)	68	None
Diana R. Harrington Born 1940	Trustee	Since 1992	Professor, Babson College (since 1992)	68	None
Susan M. Heilbron Born 1945	Trustee	Since 1994	Independent Consultant (since 2001); formerly, President, Lacey & Heilbron (communications consulting) (1990 to 2002)	68	None

49

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Susan B. Kerley Born 1951	Trustee	Since 1992	Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisers, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)	68	Chairman and Independent Board Member of Eclipse Fund, Inc. and Eclipse Funds (which trade as Mainstay Funds) (currently supervises 16 investment companies in the Fund complex) (since 1991)
Alan G. Merten Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1990	President, George Mason University (since 1996)	68	Trustee, First Potomac Realty Trust (since 2005); Director, Xybernaut Corporation (information technology) (2004 to 2006); Director, Digital Net Holdings, Inc. (2003 to 2004); Director, Comshare, Inc. (information technology) (1985 to 2003); Director, BTG, Inc. (information systems) (1997 to 2001); Director, Cardinal Financial Corporation (since November 2006)
R. Richardson Pettit Born 1942	Trustee	Since 1990	Formerly, Duncan Professor of Finance, University of Houston (1977 to 2006)	68	None

50

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA† Born 1951	Trustee, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)	138	None

* Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

† Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
OFFICERS:
Ted P. Becker Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chief Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

51

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
John Chiota Born 1968 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.
Robert I. Frenkel Born 1954 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Secretary and Chief Legal Officer	Since 2003	Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).
R. Jay Gerken, CFA Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.; formerly, Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).
Frances M. Guggino Born 1957 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer	Since 2004	Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Director at CAM (1992 to 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with CAM (1992 to 2005).
Thomas C. Mandia Born 1962 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Assistant Secretary	Since 2000	Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.
Jeanne M. Kelly Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Senior Vice President	Since 2007	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director—Global Fund Administration, Citigroup Asset Management (from 1996-2005).

52

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
David Castano Born 1971 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Treasurer of Lord Abbett mutual funds (2004 to 2006); Supervisor at UBS Global Asset Management (2003 to 2004). Prior to 2003, Accounting Manager at CAM.
Matthew Plastina Born 1970 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason or its predecessor (since 1999); Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (2002 to 2007).

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the funds receive no compensation from the funds, although they may be reimbursed by the funds for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has four standing committees: the Audit Committee, Governance Committee, Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee) and Pricing Committee. Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees is composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of each fund’s audit, each fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of each fund, and the qualifications and independence of each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to each fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by each fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to a fund’s operations and financial reporting.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The committee meets to discuss and consider such

53

candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

• whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

• whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

• whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

• whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

• the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the committee may consider relevant;

• the character and integrity of the person; and

• whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance. The Performance Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of each fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the fixed-income-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met 17 times during the funds’ fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The Audit, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, four, four and eight times, respectively, during the funds’ last fiscal year.

54

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in each fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Global High Yield Bond Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in U.S. Government Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee
Independent Trustee
Elliott J. Berv	None	None	None
A. Benton Cocanougher	None	$1-$10,000	Over $100,000
Jane F. Dasher	None	None	Over $100,000
Mark T. Finn	None	None	Over $100,000
Rainer Greeven	$10,001-$50,000	None	$10,001-$50,000
Stephen Randolph Gross	None	None	None
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	$10,001-$50,000	None	Over $100,000
Diana R. Harrington	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Susan M. Heilbron	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Susan B. Kerley	None	None	Over $100,000
Alan G. Merten	None	None	Over $100,000
R. Richardson Pettit	None	None	Over $100,000
Interested Trustee
R. Jay Gerken	None	None	Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2007, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadvisers or distributor of either fund, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadvisers or distributor of either fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by each fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the funds for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

Each fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. Each fund currently pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $160,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, $2,500 for each Committee meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for certain telephonic Board and Committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chairs of the Audit Committee and Performance Committee will each receive an additional $15,000 per year.

55

Current Board

The current Trustees took office in April 2007. Information as to compensation paid to the current Trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown on the following table:

Name of Trustee	Aggregate Compensation from Global High Yield Bond Fund		Aggregate Compensation from U.S. Government Fund		Total Pension or Retirement Benefits Paid as Part of Fund Expenses			Total Compensation from Fund Complex Paid to Trustee		Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee
Independent Trustees
Elliott J. Berv	$	1,029	$	62	$	(1	)	$	506,630	68
A. Benton Cocanougher	$	1,151	$	69		(1	)	$	725,864	68
Jane F. Dasher	$	2,502	$	68	$	0		$	202,625	68
Mark T. Finn	$	1,029	$	62		(1	)	$	505,579	68
Rainer Greeven	$	1,029	$	62	$	0		$	188,500	68
Stephen Randolph Gross	$	1,097	$	66		(1	)	$	529,413	68
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	$	1,029	$	62	$	0		$	160,500	68
Diana R. Harrington	$	1,087	$	65		(1	)	$	556,295	68
Susan M. Heilbron	$	1,029	$	62	$	0		$	190,500	68
Susan B. Kerley	$	928	$	62		(1	)	$	417,484	68
Alan G. Merten	$	1,029	$	62		(1	)	$	604,757	68
R. Richardson Pettit	$	1,019	$	61		(1	)	$	620,476	68
Interested Trustee
R. Jay Gerken(2)	$	0	$	0	$	0		$	0	137

(1) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, certain Trustees are entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex as follows: Mr. Berv: $307,130; Mr. Cocanougher: $503,114; Mr. Finn: $306,079; Mr. Gross: $318,788; Ms. Harrington: $348,670; Ms. Kerley: $217,984; Mr. Merten: $405,257; and Mr. Pettit: $424,976. A portion of these benefits that has been paid is included, on a pro rata basis, in the aggregate compensation paid by each fund shown above. In addition, each fund formerly overseen by these Trustees has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of these benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

(2) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

56

Prior Board

Prior to April 2007, the Directors listed below served as the Board of Directors of the funds. The following table shows the compensation paid to each former Director of the funds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 for service as a Director.

Name of Director	Aggregate Compensation from Global High Yield Bond Fund for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007		Aggregate Compensation from U.S. Government Fund for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
Independent Director
Carol L. Colman(1)	$	12,321	$	1,178
Daniel P. Cronin		N/A	$	290
Leslie H. Gelb	$	1,443	$	185
William R. Hutchinson(1)	$	10,874	$	1,101
Riordan Roett	$	1,547	$	290
Jeswald W. Salacuse	$	1,547	$	290
Interested Director
R. Jay Gerken(2)	$	0	$	0

(1) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, certain former Directors are entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex as follows: Ms. Colman: $116,062; and Mr. Hutchinson: $151,889. A portion of these benefits that has been paid is included, on a pro rata basis, in the aggregate compensation paid by the Fund shown above. In addition, each fund formerly overseen by these Directors has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of these benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

(2) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his service as a Director because of his affiliation with the manager.

None of the officers of the Trust received any compensation from the Trust during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

As of April 2, 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Trust as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of each fund.

As of April 2, 2008, the following persons owned of record the amounts indicated of the shares of the following classes of each fund.

Name of Fund	Class	Name and Address	Percent
Global High Yield Bond Fund	A	JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO USA RPS SEG FUNDS & ACCOUNTING ET-7 601 CONGRESS ST. BOSTON, MA 02210-2805	42.8%
	A	MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INC HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07311	7.1%
	A	SMITH BARNEY 401K ADVISORS TRUST CITIGROUP INST TRUST CO TTEE 400 ATRIUM DRIVE SOMERSET, NEW JERSEY 08873-4172	5.0%

57

Name of Fund	Class	Name and Address	Percent
	B	MLPF&S FUND ADMINISTRATION 4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-0000	6.7%
	B	MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INC HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07311	6.6%
	C	MLPF&S FUND ADMINISTRATION 4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-0000	6.9%
	C	MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INC HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07311	5.1%
	I	STATE OF COLORADO COLLEGE INVEST PORTFOLIO 4 SCHOLARS CHOICE COLLEGE SAVING PROGRAM 125 BROAD STREET NEW YORK, NY 10004-2400	25.2%
	I	STATE OF COLORADO COLLEGE INVEST PORTFOLIO 5 SCHOLARS CHOICE COLLEGE SAVING PROGRAM 125 BROAD STREET NEW YORK, NY 10004-2400	13.6%
	I	STATE OF COLORADO COLLEGE INVEST PORTFOLIO 3 SCHOLARS CHOICE COLLEGE SAVING PROGRAM 125 BROAD STREET NEW YORK, NY 10004-2400	13.5%
	I	STATE OF COLORADO COLLEGE INVEST PORTFOLIO 1 SCHOLARS CHOICE COLLEGE SAVING PROGRAM 125 BROAD STREET NEW YORK, NY 10004-2400	12.6%
	I	STATE OF COLORADO COLLEGE INVEST PORTFOLIO 2 SCHOLARS CHOICE COLLEGE SAVING PROGRAM 125 BROAD STREET NEW YORK, NY 10004-2400	11.7%
U.S. Government Fund	A	MLPF&S FUND ADMINISTRATION 4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-0000	9.2%

58

Name of Fund	Class	Name and Address	Percent
	C	MLPF&S FUND ADMINISTRATION 4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-0000	27.4%
	C	MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INC HARBORSIDE FINANCIAL CENTER PLAZA TWO 2ND FLOOR JERSEY CITY, NEW JERSEY 07311	7.5%
	O	MLPF&S FUND ADMINISTRATION 4800 DEER LAKE DRIVE EAST 3RD FLOOR JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246-0000	37.9%
	O	PAUL C BELLMAN MD 808 BROADWAY NEW YORK, NY 10003-4806	33.7%
	O	PFPC TRUST COMPANY CUST THE IRA ACCOUNT OF DAVID M SHAPIRO 243 WEST END AVE NEW YORK, NY 10023	7.8%
	O	EDGAR BERMAN PO BOX 444 RESEDA, CA 91335	7.5%
	O	FRANK G BRADY BARBARA H BRADY 145 COLUMBIA AVE HOLLAND, MI 49423-2925	5.4%

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to each fund pursuant to an investment management agreement with each fund (each, a “Management Agreement”). LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of the funds and other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $193 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund.

Under each Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing a fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of a fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders;

59

(iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

Each Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

Each Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. Each Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). Each Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under each Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedules:

Fund	Average Daily Net Assets	Investment Management Fee Rate
Global High Yield Bond Fund	First $1 billion	0.800	%
	Next $1 billion	0.775	%
	Next $3 billion	0.750	%
	Over $5 billion	0.700	%
U.S. Government Fund	First $1 billion	0.550	%
	Next $1 billion	0.525	%
	Next $3 billion	0.500	%
	Next $5 billion	0.475	%
	Over $10 billion	0.450	%

For the period from December 1, 2005 though July 31, 2006, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SaBAM”) served as the manager to each fund pursuant to a prior management agreement. Fees payable to SaBAM under the prior management agreement were payable on the same schedule as set forth above.

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fees payable to SaBAM as compensation for investment management services were computed daily and paid monthly at the following annual rates of the applicable fund’s daily net assets: 0.75% for Global High Yield Bond Fund and 0.60% for U.S. Government Fund.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, each fund paid SaBAM management fees as follows:

	Gross Fees		Waiver		Expenses Reimbursed
Global High Yield Bond Fund
Year Ended December 31, 2005	$	16,015,064	$	0	$	0
U.S. Government Fund
Year Ended December 31, 2005	$	695,050	$	428,778	$	37,808

60

During the period from January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006, each fund paid SaBAM management fees as follows:

	Gross Fees		Waiver		Expenses Reimbursed
Global High Yield Bond Fund	$	5,573,864	$	27,192	$	9,136
U.S. Government Fund	$	332,242	$	2,458	$	151,489

During the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, each fund paid LMPFA management fees as follows:

	Gross Fees		Waiver		Expenses Reimbursed
Global High Yield Bond Fund	$	3,863,689	$	0	$	0
U.S. Government Fund	$	213,767	$	0	$	135,462

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, each fund paid LMPFA management fees as follows:

	Gross Fees		Waiver		Expenses Reimbursed
Global High Yield Bond Fund	$	8,663,049	$	0	$	0
U.S. Government Fund	$	365,508	$	365,508	$	6,566

Subadvisers

Western Asset serves as the subadviser to each fund, and WAML serves as an additional subadviser to Global High Yield Bond Fund pursuant to sub-advisory agreements (the “Sub-Advisory Agreements”).

Western Asset and WAML are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Each of Western Asset, with offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101, established in 1971, and WAML, with offices at 10 Exchange Place, London, England, acts as an investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment plans. As of December 31, 2007, Western Asset’s total assets under management were approximately $457 billion, and WAML’s total assets under management were approximately $104 billion.

Under each Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will manage a fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. Each Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

61

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager will pay to Western Asset a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA by the funds, and Western Asset will pay to WAML a fee equal to 0.30% of assets allocated to WAML, in each case net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 the manager paid Western Asset sub-advisory fees of $2,704,743 and $6,064,134, respectively, with respect to Global High Yield Bond Fund and $55,376 and $0, respectively, with respect to U.S. Government Fund.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under its Management Agreement and the Distribution Plan (as discussed below), each fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in that fund’s prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of a fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of each fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each fund; receives and delivers all assets for a fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity;

62

collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of a fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of a fund. State Street neither determines a fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities a fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. Each fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as each fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “ transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the funds’ transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for each fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and a fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by a fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the applicable fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon each fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Counsel

Bingham McCutchen LLP, 150 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as counsel to the funds.

Sullivan & Worcester LLP, 1666 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the funds, the manager, the subadvisers and the distributors have adopted Codes of Ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by each fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the Codes of Ethics and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the funds, the manager, subadvisers and distributors are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines & Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager or a subadviser, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager and/or the subadvisers, believing that the manager and/or the subadvisers should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for each fund to the subadvisers through its contracts with the subadvisers. The subadvisers will use their own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for a fund. Should LMPFA become

63

responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and a fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadvisers and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

Each subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to a fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how each fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge: (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the funds’ website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 serves as each fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005, as amended (the “distribution agreement”). Prior to December 1, 2007, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), an indirect subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”), also served as a distributor along with LMIS.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of a fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of a fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

The aggregate dollar amount of commissions paid on shares during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:

Initial Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

For the fiscal years ended December 31:	Global High Yield Bond Fund		U.S. Government Fund
2007	$	39,232	$	3,343
2006	$	31,323	$	1,384
2005	$	161,274	$	118,281

64

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

For the fiscal years ended December 31:	Global High Yield Bond Fund		U.S. Government Fund
2007	$	4,483	$	3,332
2006	$	0	$	0
2005	$	0	$	49,200

Class B Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

For the fiscal years ended December 31:	Global High Yield Bond Fund		U.S. Government Fund
2007	$	309,878	$	23,282
2006	$	167,000	$	54,244
2005	$	296,461	$	34,834

Class C Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

For the fiscal years ended December 31:	Global High Yield Bond Fund		U.S. Government Fund
2007	$	8,821	$	0
2006	$	8,711	$	0
2005	$	17,569	$	6

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

Each fund has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “Distribution Plan”) in accordance with Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, B, C and R shares. Under the Distribution Plan, each fund may pay monthly fees at an annual rate not to exceed: 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class A shares; 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class B shares of Global High Yield Fund; 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class B shares of U.S. Government Fund; 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class C shares; and 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class R shares.

Fees under the Distribution Plan may be used to make payments to the distributors for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The funds also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services, provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect to a particular Class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that Class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA.

The Distribution Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, B, C and R investors.

65

The Distribution Plan permits a fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the Distribution Plan, a fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. A fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the Distribution Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the Distribution Plan for a fund, the Trustees will review the Distribution Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The Distribution Plan also recognizes that various service providers to a fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that a fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the Distribution Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The Distribution Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of a fund at any time, without penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments to a Distribution Plan also must be approved by the Trustees, including all of the Independent Trustees, in the manner described above.

As contemplated by the Distribution Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the funds in connection with the offering of shares of the funds pursuant to the respective Distribution Agreement.

Dealer reallowances are described in each fund’s prospectus.

Service Fees and Distribution Fees

The following service and distribution fees were incurred pursuant to the Distribution Plan during the fiscal years indicated:

	For the Fiscal year Ended December 31:
Fund	2005		2006		2007
Global High Yield Bond Fund
Class A	$	3,727,072	$	1,708,779	$	1,662,712
Class B	$	1,581,982	$	1,150,182	$	594,300
Class C	$	1,903,288	$	1,528,175	$	1,152,063
U.S. Government Fund
Class A	$	112,660	$	127,298	$	81,498
Class B	$	141,780	$	100,988	$	68,309
Class C	$	326,960	$	201,870	$	138,954

66

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS and CGMI for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, are set forth in the following tables:

LMIS

	Financial Consultant Compensation		Third Party Service Fees		Third Party Distribution Fee		Marketing and Advertising Expenses		Printing Expenses		Total
Global High Yield Bond Fund
A	$	0	$	1,527,455	$	0	$	0		N/A	$	1,527,455
B	$	264,745	$	109,053	$	0	$	5,471	$	544	$	379,813
C	$	57,941	$	419,339	$	0	$	23,012	$	2,809	$	503,101
U.S. Government Fund
A	$	0	$	45,730	$	0	$	0		N/A	$	45,730
B	$	14,493	$	16,007	$	0	$	89	$	54	$	30,643
C	$	743	$	97,249	$	0	$	3,786	$	1,758	$	103,536

CGMI

	Financial Consultant Compensation		Third Party Service Fees	Branch Expenses		Marketing and Advertising Expenses	Printing Expenses	Total
Global High Yield Bond Fund
A	$	51,064	N/A	$	76,853	N/A	N/A	$	127,917
B	$	37,721	N/A	$	56,009	N/A	N/A	$	93,730
C	$	259,103	N/A	$	376,639	N/A	N/A	$	635,742
U.S. Government Fund
A	$	11,868	N/A	$	20,273	N/A	N/A	$	32,141
B	$	6,246	N/A	$	10,327	N/A	N/A	$	16,573
C	$	14,251	N/A	$	23,173	N/A	N/A	$	37,424

Since Class R shares are newly-offered, the funds did not incur any service or distribution fees with respect to such class during the last three fiscal years, and neither LMIS nor CGMI incurred any distribution expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Portfolio Transactions

Subject to such policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, each fund’s subadviser(s) is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions.

Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market, but the price of those securities includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Over-the-counter purchases and sales are transacted directly with principal market makers except where it is believed that better prices and executions may be obtained elsewhere. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by each fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to each Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement, the manager and each subadviser is authorized is place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for a fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The

67

general policy of each subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital. In connection with a subadviser’s monitoring of its portfolio transactions for compliance with its policies, the subadvisers utilize both an internal committee and a third party service provider.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to a fund and/or the other accounts over which a subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The subadvisers are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for a fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or a subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The subadvisers may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases a fund’s costs, neither the manager nor any subadviser believes that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for a fund may be used by the manager or a subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or a subadviser in servicing a fund. Not all of these research services are used by a subadviser in managing any particular account, including the funds.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the funds paid no commissions to brokers that provided research services.

Each fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the funds paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to CGMI as set out below:

Fund	Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid		Amount of Brokerage Commission Paid by the Fund to CGMI
Global High Yield Bond Fund
Year Ended December 31, 2005	$	5	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2006	$	400	$	400
Year Ended December 31, 2007	$	0	$	0
U.S. Government Fund
Year Ended December 31, 2005	$	0	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2006	$	0	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2007	$	1,140	$	0

68

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the percentage of each fund’s aggregate brokerage commissions paid to CGMI and its affiliates and the percentage of each fund’s aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving the payment of commissions effected through CGMI and its affiliates were as follows:

Fund	Percentage of the Fund’s Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid to CGMI and Affiliates		Percentage of the Fund’s Aggregate Dollar Amount of Transactions Involving the Payment of Commissions Effected through CGMI and Affiliates
Global High Yield Bond Fund	0	%	0	%
U.S. Government Fund	0	%	0	%

As of December 1, 2007, CGMI no longer serves as a distributor of the funds.

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the funds under the 1940 Act. For the period December 1, 2005 though December 31, 2006 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the funds did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the funds purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of each fund, which had the following values as of December 31, 2007:

Fund	Broker/Dealer	Value of Securities as of December 31, 2007
Global High Yield Bond Fund	None		N/A
U.S. Government Fund	Bear Stearns & Co.	$	1,458,793
	JP Morgan Chase & Co.	$	1,098,108
	Morgan Stanley	$	518,777
	Lehman Brothers Inc.	$	531,891
	Banc of America Securities LLC	$	61,460

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for a fund as well as for one or more of a subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for each fund and for the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for a fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for a fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or a subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, a fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

69

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 the portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

	For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31:
Fund	2006		2007
Global High Yield Bond Fund	76	%	64	%
U.S. Government Fund*	154	%(1)	100	%

* Excluding mortgage dollar roll transactions. If mortgage dollar roll transactions had been included, the portfolio turnover rate would have been 603% and 802%, for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007, respectively.

⁽¹⁾ The U.S. Government Fund’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 was higher than normal primarily as a result of the change of portfolio managers and subsequent rebalancing of fund assets, as well as an increase in the rate of redemptions of fund shares and related trading to raise cash.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for each of the funds. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which he has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts.

Fund	Portfolio Manager(s)	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Account
Global High Yield Bond Fund	S. Kenneth Leech(1)(2)	114 registered investment companies with $122 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management
	Stephen A. Walsh(1)(2)	114 registered investment companies with $122 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management
	Michael C. Buchanan(1)(3)	13 registered investment companies with $7 billion in total assets under management	7 other pooled investment vehicles with $5 billion in assets under management	12 other accounts with $816 million in total assets under management
	Keith J. Gardner(1)(4)	7 registered investment companies with $1.3 billion in total assets under management	6 other pooled investment vehicles with $1.4 billion in total assets under management	1 other account with $14 million in total assets under management
	Detlev S. Schlichter(1)(5)	2 registered investment companies with $214 million in total assets under management	26 other pooled investment vehicles with $4.8 billion in total assets under management	71 other accounts with $29.9 billion in total assets under management

70

Fund	Portfolio Manager(s)	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Account
U.S. Government Fund	S. Kenneth Leech(1)(2)	114 registered investment companies with $122 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management
	Stephen A. Walsh(1)(2)	114 registered investment companies with $122 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management
	Mark S. Lindbloom(1)(6)	5 registered investment companies with $2.7 billion in total assets under management	3 other pooled investment vehicles with $242 million in assets under management	32 other accounts with $7.2 billion in total assets under management
	Ronald D. Mass(1)	1 registered investment companies with $164 million in total assets under management	14 other pooled investment vehicles with $4.6 billion in total assets under management	No other managed accounts
	Michael C. Buchanan(1)(3)	14 registered investment companies with $7.8 billion in total assets under management	7 other pooled investment vehicles with $5.1 billion in total assets under management	12 other accounts with $816 million in total assets under management

(1) The numbers above reflect the overall number of portfolios managed by employees of Western Asset and the manager and its affiliates. In addition to the funds noted above, these portfolio managers also are involved in the management of portfolios advised by Western Asset and its affiliates, but they are not solely responsible for particular portfolios. Western Asset’s investment discipline emphasizes a team approach that combines the efforts of groups of specialists working in different market sectors. They are responsible for overseeing implementation of Western Asset’s overall investment ideas and coordinating the work of the various sector teams. This structure ensures that client portfolios benefit from a consensus that draws on the expertise of all team members.

(2) Includes 95 accounts managed, totaling $32.7 billion, for which advisory fee is performance based.

(3) Includes 1 account managed, totaling $90 million, for which advisory fee is performance based.

(4) Includes 1 account managed, totaling $14.6 million, for which advisory fee is performance based.

(5) Includes 21 accounts managed, totaling $8.6 billion, for which advisory fee is performance based.

(6) Includes 4 accounts managed, totaling $1.3 billion, for which advisory fee is performance based.

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Each subadviser’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation “target” and a respective cap, which are derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan.

In addition, each subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. One of the principal factors considered is a portfolio manager’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation, with 3 years having the most emphasis. A subadviser may also measure a portfolio manager’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because portfolio managers are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the funds) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account, though relative performance against the stated benchmark and its applicable Lipper peer group is also considered. A smaller

71

portion of a bonus payment is derived from factors that include client service, business development, length of service to the subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to a subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These were determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a fund’s portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for all of the portfolio managers listed in the table above.

The manager, the subadvisers and the funds have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or a subadviser and the individuals that they employ. For example, the manager and each subadviser seek to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and each subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadvisers and the funds will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment advisor and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets

72

under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts he manages. For this reason, each subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Related Business Opportunities. The investment manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007 unless noted otherwise.

Fund	Portfolio Manager(s)	Dollar Range of Ownership of Securities
Global High Yield Bond Fund	S. Kenneth Leech	None
	Stephen A. Walsh	None
	Michael C. Buchanan	None
	Keith J. Gardner	None
	Detlev Schlichter	None
U.S. Government Fund	S. Kenneth Leech	None
	Stephen A. Walsh	None
	Mark S. Lindbloom	None
	Ronald D. Mass	None
	Michael C. Buchanan	None

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, I⁽¹⁾, O or R shares, as applicable. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

(1) As of November 20, 2006, the Class Y shares for Global High Yield Bond Fund were converted into O shares, and Class O shares were renamed Class I shares.

73

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the funds’ prospectuses.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. Each fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Share certificates for the funds will not be issued. If you currently hold share certificates of a fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by a fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on The New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund or the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers that meet the applicable minimum monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annually or annually, to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer may be charged a fee by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the Trust or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the prospectuses for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge, as described in each fund’s prospectus.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 ($500,000 for U.S. Government Fund) or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% (0.50% for U.S. Government Fund) on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived (except for U.S. Government Fund). See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in each fund’s prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. The sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Class B and C Shares. Class B and C shares are sold without an initial sales charge, but Class C shares of Global High Yield Bond Fund are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain

74

redemptions. Class B shares are not currently being offered by U.S. Government Fund, except to holders of other Legg Mason Funds Class B shares who exchange their other Class B shares for shares of the fund. Class C shares of U.S. Government Fund will not be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class O Shares. Class O shares are sold with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. Class O shares are only available to existing Class O shareholders.

Class I Shares. Class I shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Class R Shares. Class R shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason, and its subsidiaries, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the funds’ distributors or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup;

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege. Please see the funds’ prospectuses for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent—helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once.

75

For Global High Yield Bond Fund, you have a choice of five Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

(1)  $100,000	(4)  $750,000
(2)  $250,000	(5)  $1,000,00
(3)  $500,000

For U.S. Government Fund, you have a choice of three Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

(1)  $100,000	(3)  $500,000
(2)  $250,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, Inc. are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the Letter of Intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Asset Level Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level

76

Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must however contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, contact PFPC, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with a fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, by notifying PFPC in writing. The Letter of Intent will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date of your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter of Intent before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and; (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, PFPC, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares (other than Class C shares of U.S. Government Fund); and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

77

Class C shares (other than Class C shares of U.S. Government Fund) and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders of U.S. Government Fund.

Year Since Purchase Payment Was Made	Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
First	5.00	%
Second	4.00
Third	3.00
Fourth	2.00
Fifth	1.00
Sixth and thereafter	0.00

The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders of Global High Yield Bond Fund.

Year Since Purchase Payment Was Made	Contingent Deferred Sales Charge
First	4.50	%
Second	4.00
Third	3.00
Fourth	2.00
Fifth	1.00
Sixth and thereafter	0.00

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately 8 years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. (Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, however, will continue to automatically convert into Class A shares after 7 years.) There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date that the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. Each fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account

78

balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 ¹/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005, will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 ¹/2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of a fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

As of November 20, 2006, the contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of a fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain Retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”), to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason Partners fund, are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3 million. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason Partners funds equal at least $3,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

79

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

Each fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of a fund, as applicable, is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase plus, for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, B and C shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of each fund based on the net asset value of a share of each fund as of December 31, 2007.

Global High Yield Bond Fund
Class A (based on a net asset value of $7.92 and a maximum initial sales charge of 4.25%)	$	8.27
U.S. Government Fund
Class A (based on a net asset value of $9.65 and a maximum initial sales charge of 2.25%)	$	9.87

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in markets a fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances.

Redemption proceeds will normally be sent within 3 days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days. However, if you recently purchased your shares by check, your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to an additional 8 days to make certain your check has cleared. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

80

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The funds no longer issue share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectuses. To the extent that withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in a fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments will reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time that he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholders in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or classes of a fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of that fund.

Shareholders of a fund who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares of the fund in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal. For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent.

Distribution in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of a fund to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, a fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of a fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in a fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of each class is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class may differ. Please see each fund’s prospectus for a description of procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be

81

sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from your Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then-current net asset value. Each distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, I and R Exchanges. Class A, I and R shareholders of a fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of a fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of a fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge except for U.S. Government Fund. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged. If you exchange Class C shares that were not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge when initially purchased for Class C shares of a fund that imposes a contingent deferred sales charge, your holding period will be measured from the date of the exchange, not your initial purchase of Class C shares of the fund. Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms.

Class O Exchanges. Class O shares of a fund may be exchanged without imposition of any charge for Class O shares of another fund (other than Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund).

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The funds are not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to a fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares” in the prospectuses.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, a fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See a fund’s prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

82

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal (and, where noted, state and local) income tax considerations affecting the funds and their shareholders. This discussion is very general. Each current and prospective shareholder is therefore urged to consult his or her own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Funds and Their Investments

Each fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a “regulated investment company” or “RIC” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To so qualify, a fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships.”

A fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in that fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, a fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., generally, the taxable income of a RIC other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. Each fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

At December 31, 2007, Global High Yield Bond Fund had net capital loss carry-forwards available to offset future gains of $50,910,235, of which $15,882,990 expires on December 31, 2009 and $35,027,245 expires on December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2007, U.S. Government Fund had net capital loss carry-forwards available to offset future gains of $4,134,416, of which $39,501 expires on December 31, 2009, $43,014 expires on December 31, 2010, $256,139 expires on December 31, 2011, $1,521,817 expires on December 31, 2012, $1,144,175 expires on December 31, 2013, $762,359 expires on December 31, 2014 and $367,411 expires on December 31, 2015.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on each fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by a fund that is

83

subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. Each fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, a fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, such dividends will be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if a fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If a fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

A fund may invest in zero coupon securities having an original issue discount (that is, the discount represented by the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the issue price). Each year, the applicable fund will be required to accrue as income a portion of this original issue discount even though the fund will receive no cash payment of interest with respect to these securities. In addition, if a fund acquires a security after its initial issuance at a discount that resulted from fluctuations in prevailing interest rates (“market discount”), the fund may be required in some years to distribute an amount greater than the total cash income the fund actually receives. In order to make the required distribution in such a year, a fund may be required to borrow cash or to liquidate securities.

A fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), if any, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the fund level, a fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. Each fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon securities, foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

A fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a

84

“hedging transaction” or part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year).

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by a fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The funds do not expect to be eligible to elect to pass through foreign taxes to their respective shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits or deductions on their own tax returns for foreign taxes paid by a fund. Foreign taxes paid by a fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time a fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If a fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), and does not make certain elections, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares

85

even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If a fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the fund level, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make the “qualified electing fund” election, a fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, a fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, a fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by a fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, a fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. A fund may have to distribute such excess income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the fund level, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

Each fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by a fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by a fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

Each fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if a fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

86

Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that a fund designates as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund.

Special rules, however, apply to certain dividends paid to individuals. Certain dividends, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to the portion of the dividends paid by a fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by a fund from a REIT or from another RIC generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

The fund or your Service Agent will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An extraordinary dividend on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Dividends paid by a fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the dividends-received deduction for corporations. Neither fund expects that a significant portion of fund distributions will be eligible fro the dividends-received deduction.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the applicable fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a fund is the holder of record of any stock

87

on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his or her shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis in the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. A fund may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding at the rate of 28% on taxable dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liabilities. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.”

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of a fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

88

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by a fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund.

Special rules apply to foreign persons who receive distributions from a fund that are attributable to gain from “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”). The Code defines USRPIs to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and any interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in domestic corporations that are “U.S. real property holding corporations” during a specified time period. The Code defines a U.S. real property holding corporation as any corporation if the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the total fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside of the U.S., and any other of its assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this purpose, an interest in a foreign corporation may be a USRPI. In general, the distribution of gains from USRPIs to foreign shareholders is subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a rate of 35% and obligates such foreign shareholder to file a U.S. tax return. Neither fund expects to be a U.S. real property holding corporation. If a fund were to be classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation (or if it would be so classified, were it not for certain exceptions), then certain distributions by that fund to foreign shareholders would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, and foreign shareholders might be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns to report distributions received from that fund.

State and Local Tax Matters

Most states provide that a RIC may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). For residents of such states, distributions derived from a fund’s investment in U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxes to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local income taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders themselves. Certain states, however, do not allow a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless the RIC holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of such states, distributions derived from a fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. Shareholders’ dividends attributable to a fund’s income from repurchase agreements generally are subject to state and local income taxes, although states and localities vary in their treatment of such income. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that a fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of such fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

89

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences (and, where noted, state and local tax consequences) affecting the fund and its shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the funds were redomiciled as series of the trust. Prior thereto, the funds were series of Legg Mason Partners Series Funds, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

Each fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the business trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

A fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but a fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares the shareholder owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or

90

have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares

A fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. A fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide a fund with identification required by law, or if a fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to a fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and a fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts

The declaration provides that a fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits a fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of a fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of a fund and requires a fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, a fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in

91

money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the board or of a committee of the board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on a fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of a fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

Each fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, each fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

92

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM and SaBAM, which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the Investment Company Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against Citigroup Asset Management, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc, SBFM and CGMI as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The funds were not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the identified funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint. The Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

* * *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds and CGMI, a former distributor of the funds, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that Citigroup Asset

93

Management (“CAM”), the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange, among other things, for a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed.

SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

Neither of the funds are Affected Funds and therefore they did not implement the transfer agent arrangement described above and have not received and will not receive any portion of the distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

* * *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses. The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed.

94

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was later entered. An appeal has been filed and is pending before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

* * *

As previously disclosed, on September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SaBAM that the staff was considering recommending that the SEC institute administrative proceedings against SBFM and SaBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SaBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SaBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SaBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the funds or their current manager.

* * *

On or about May 30, 2006, John Halebian, a purported shareholder of Citi New York Tax Free Reserves, a series of Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, formerly a series of CitiFunds Trust III (the “Subject Trust”), filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the independent trustees of the Subject Trust (Elliott J. Berv, Donald M. Carlton, A. Benton Cocanougher, Mark T. Finn, Stephen Randolph Gross, Diana R. Harrington, Susan B. Kerley, Alan G. Merten and R. Richardson Pettit). The Subject Trust is also named in the complaint as a nominal defendant.

The complaint alleges both derivative claims on behalf of the Subject Trust and class claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholders of the Subject Trust in connection with the 2005 sale of Citigroup’s asset management business to Legg Mason and the related approval of new investment advisory agreements by the trustees and shareholders. In the derivative claim, the plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the independent trustees breached their fiduciary duty to the Subject Trust and its shareholders by failing to negotiate lower fees or seek competing bids from other qualified investment advisers in connection with Citigroup’s sale to Legg Mason. In the claims brought on behalf of the putative class of shareholders, the plaintiff alleges that the independent trustees violated the proxy solicitation requirements of the 1940 Act, and breached their fiduciary duty to shareholders, by virtue of the voting procedures, including “echo voting,” used to obtain approval of the new investment advisory agreements and statements made in a proxy statement regarding those voting procedures. The plaintiff alleges that the proxy statement was misleading because it failed to disclose that the voting procedures violated the 1940 Act. The relief sought includes an award of damages, rescission of the advisory agreement, and an award of costs and attorney fees.

In advance of filing the complaint, Mr. Halebian’s lawyers made written demand for relief on the Board of the Subject Trust, and the Board’s independent trustees formed a demand review committee to investigate the matters raised in the demand, and subsequently in the complaint, and recommend a course of action to the Board. The committee, after a thorough review, has determined that the independent trustees did not breach their fiduciary duties as alleged by Mr. Halebian, and that the action demanded by Mr. Halebian would not be in the best interests of the Subject Trust. The Board of the Subject Trust (the trustee who is an “interested person” of the Subject Trust, within the meaning of the 1940 Act, having recused himself from the matter), after receiving and considering the committee’s report and based upon the findings of the committee, subsequently also has so determined and, adopting the recommendation of the committee, has directed counsel to move to dismiss Mr. Halebian’s complaint. A motion to dismiss was filed on October 23, 2006. Opposition papers were filed on or about December 7, 2006. The complaint was dismissed on July 31, 2007. Mr. Halebian has filed an appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The appeal is pending.

95

* * *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of each fund (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of each fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on March 6, 2008; Accession Number for Global High Yield Bond Fund 0001193125-08-048613 and Accession Number for U.S. Government Fund 0001193125-08-048610).

96

APPENDIX A—Rating

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

A-1

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa

Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa

Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A

Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa

Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ba

Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B

Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Caa

Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A-2

Ca

Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C

Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—”MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

A-3

VMIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in

A-4

accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-5

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C

A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

A-6

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

• Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

• Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

A-7

SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1

Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2

Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-8

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its

A-9

local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1

This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2

Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3

Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B

Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C

This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D

Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

A-10

Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA

Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA

Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A

High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB

Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB

Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B

Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

A-11

CCC

For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC

For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C

For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

RD

Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

A-12

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1

Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2

Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3

Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B

Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C

High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D

Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before

A-13

an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

A-14

Appendix B

Western Asset Management Company and

Western Asset Management Company Limited

Proxy Voting Policy

Background

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

Policy

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

At account start-up, or upon amendment of an IMA, the applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

B-1

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

B-2

d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

3. Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

B-3

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

B-4

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

B-5

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

B-6

Filed under Rule 497(c)

File Nos. 2-96408
811-04254

April 28, 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

LEGG MASON PARTNERS GOVERNMENT SECURITIES FUND

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INVESTMENT GRADE BOND FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

1-800-451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current Prospectuses of Legg Mason Partners Investment Grade Bond Fund (“Investment Grade Bond Fund”) and Legg Mason Partners Government Securities Fund (“Government Securities Fund”) (collectively the “Funds”), each dated April 28, 2008, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus of each Fund.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, each Fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The Funds are now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly fixed-income-type funds, and each Fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Any information contained in the SAI prior to April 16, 2007 is that of each Fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about each Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. These reports contain financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. Each Fund’s prospectus and copies of these reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the Funds’ distributor to sell shares of the applicable Fund (each called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the Funds’ sole and exclusive distributor.

CONTENTS

Management	2
Investment Management and Other Services	14
Portfolio Manager Disclosure	26
Investment Objectives and Management Policies	31
Additional Risk Factors	52
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings	55
Investment Policies	58
Purchase of Shares	61
Redemption of Shares	67
Valuation of Shares	69
Exchange Privilege	69
Taxes	70
Additional Information	77
Financial Statements	83
Appendix A Description of Ratings	A-1
Appendix B Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policy	B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a Prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective Prospectus.

1

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the Funds are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of each Fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The Trustees, including the Trustees of the Funds who are not “interested persons” of the Funds (the “Independent Trustees”), as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and executive officers of the Funds, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s current Board of Trustees.

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Elliott J. Berv Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	President and Chief Executive Officer, Catalyst (consulting) (since 1984); Chief Executive Officer, Rocket City Enterprises (media) (2000 to 2005)	68	Board Member, American Identity Corp. (doing business as Morpheus Technologies) (biometric information management) (since 2001); Director, Lapoint Industries (industrial filter company) (since 2002); Director, Alzheimer’s Association (New England Chapter) (since 1998)

2

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
A. Benton Cocanougher Born 1938	Trustee	Since 1991	Dean Emeritus and Professor, Texas A&M University (since 2004); former Interim Chancellor, Texas A&M University System (2003 to 2004); former Special Advisor to the President, Texas A&M University (2002 to 2003); former Dean and Professor of Marketing, College and Graduate School of Business of Texas A&M University (1987 to 2001)	68	None
Jane F. Dasher Born 1949	Trustee	Since 1999	Chief Financial Officer, Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company)	68	None

3

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Mark T. Finn Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	Adjunct Professor, College of William & Mary (since 2002); Principal/Member, Balvan Partners (investment management) (since 2002); Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Owner, Vantage Consulting Group, Inc. (investment management) (since 1988); formerly, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, Lindner Asset Management Company (mutual fund company) (1999 to 2001); formerly, General Partner and Shareholder, Greenwich Ventures LLC (investment partnership) (1996 to 2001)	68	None
Rainer Greeven Born 1936	Trustee	Since 1994	Attorney, Rainer Greeven PC; President and Director, 62nd Street East Corporation (real estate) (since 2002)	68	None

4

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Stephen Randolph Gross Born 1947	Trustee	Since 1986	Chairman, HLB Gross Collins, P.C. (accounting and consulting firm) (since 1979); Treasurer, Coventry Limited, Inc. (Senior Living Facilities) (since 1985); formerly, Managing Director, Fountainhead Ventures, L.L.C. (technology accelerator) (1998 to 2003); formerly, Treasurer, Hank Aaron Enterprises (fast food franchise) (1985 to 2001); formerly, Partner, Capital Investment Advisory Partners (leverage buyout consulting) (2000 to 2002); formerly, Secretary, Carint N.A. (manufacturing) (1998 to 2002)	68	Director, Andersen Calhoun (assisted living) (since 1987); formerly, Director, United Telesis, Inc. (telecommunications) (1997 to 2002); formerly, Director, ebank Financial Services, Inc. (1997 to 2004)
Richard E. Hanson, Jr. Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1985	Retired; formerly, Headmaster, The New Atlanta Jewish Community High School, Atlanta, Georgia (1996 to 2000)	68	None
Diana R. Harrington Born 1940	Trustee	Since 1992	Professor, Babson College (since 1992)	68	None

5

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Susan M. Heilbron Born 1945	Trustee	Since 1994	Independent Consultant (since 2001); formerly, Owner, Lacey & Heilbron (communications consulting) (1993 to 2001)	68	None
Susan B. Kerley Born 1951	Trustee	Since 1992	Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisers, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)	68	Chairman and Independent Board Member of Eclipse Fund, Inc. and Eclipse Funds (which trade as Mainstay Funds) (currently supervises 16 investment companies in the Fund complex) (since 1991)
Alan G. Merten Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1990	President, George Mason University (since 1996)	68	Trustee, First Potomac Realty Trust (since 2005); Director, Xybernaut Corporation (information technology) (2004 to 2006); Director, Digital Net Holdings, Inc. (2003 to 2004); Director, Comshare, Inc. (information technology) (1985 to 2003); Director, BTG, Inc. (information systems) (1997 to 2001); Director, Cardinal Financial Corporation (since November 2006)
R. Richardson Pettit Born 1942	Trustee	Since 1990	Formerly, Duncan Professor of Finance, University of Houston (1977 to 2006)	68	None

6

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA† Born 1951	Trustee, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)	138	Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (2002 to 2006)

* Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

† Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

7

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
OFFICERS:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliate; formerly, Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)
Ted P. Becker Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chief Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management, CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005). Prior to 2002, Managing Director-Internal Audit & Risk Review at Citigroup Inc.
John Chiota Born 1968 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse

8

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Robert I. Frenkel Born 1954 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Secretary and Chief Legal Officer	Since 2003	Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004)
Frances M. Guggino Born 1957 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer	Since 2004	Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Director at CAM (1992 to 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with CAM (1992 to 2005)
Thomas C. Mandia Born 1962 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Assistant Secretary	Since 2000	Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.
Jeanne M. Kelly Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Senior Vice President	Since 2007	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director — Global Fund Administration, Citigroup Asset Management (from 1996-2005)
David Castano Born 1971 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Treasurer of Lord Abbett mutual funds (2004 to 2006); Supervisor at UBS Global Asset Management (2003 to 2004). Prior to 2003, Accounting Manager at CAM.
Matthew Plastina Born 1970 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason or its predecessor (since 1999); Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (2002 to 2007)

9

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the Funds receive no compensation from the Funds, although they may be reimbursed by the Funds for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has four standing Committees: the Audit Committee, Governance Committee, Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee) and Pricing Committee. Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees is composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the funds’ audit, the funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the funds, and the qualifications and independence of the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the funds by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm to the manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the funds’ operations and financial reporting.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

• whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

• whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

• whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

• whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

10

• the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the committee may consider relevant;

• the character and integrity of the person; and

• whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance. The Performance Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the funds’ investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the fixed-income-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on predecessors to the Boards of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met 17 times during the funds’ last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, four, four, and eight times during the funds’ last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in each Fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Government Securities Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Investment Grade Bond Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee
Independent Trustees
Elliott J. Berv	None	None	None
A. Benton Cocanougher	None	None	Over $100,000
Jane F. Dasher	$1-$10,000	None	Over $100,000
Mark T. Finn	None	None	Over $100,000
Rainer Greeven	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Stephen Randolph Gross	None	None	None
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	None	None	Over $100,000
Diana R. Harrington	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Susan M. Heilbron	None	None	$10,001-$50,000
Susan B. Kerley	None	None	Over $100,000
Alan G. Merten	None	None	Over $100,000
R. Richardson Pettit	None	None	Over $100,000
Interested Trustee
R. Jay Gerken	None	None	Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2007, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the Funds, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the Funds.

Information regarding compensation paid by each Fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from either Fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

11

Each Fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. Each Fund currently pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $160,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, $2,500 for each Committee meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for certain telephonic Board and Committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chairs of the Audit Committee and Nominating Committee will each receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Current Board

The current Trustees took office in April 2007. Information as to compensation paid to the current Trustees the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown on the following table:

Name	Aggregate Compensation for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007				Total Pension or Retirement Benefits Paid as Part of Fund Expenses for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007			Total Compensation from Fund Complex Paid to Trustee for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007		Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
	Government Securities Fund		Investment Grade Bond Fund
Independent Trustees:
Elliott J. Berv	$	821	$	683		(1	)	$	506,630	68
A. Benton Cocanougher	$	916	$	762		(1	)	$	725,864	68
Jane F. Dasher	$	1,013	$	814	$	0		$	202,625	68
Mark T. Finn	$	821	$	683		(1	)	$	505,579	68
Rainer Greeven	$	821	$	683	$	0		$	188,500	68
Stephen Randolph Gross	$	874	$	727		(1	)	$	529,413	68
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	$	821	$	683	$	0		$	160,500	68
Diana R. Harrington	$	867	$	721		(1	)	$	556,295	68
Susan M. Heilbron	$	821	$	683	$	0		$	190,500	68
Susan B. Kerley	$	825	$	686		(1	)	$	417,484	68
Alan G. Merten	$	821	$	683		(1	)	$	604,757	68
R. Richardson Pettit	$	813	$	676		(1	)	$	620,476	68
Interested Trustee:
R. Jay Gerken(2)	$	0	$	0	$	0		$	0	137

(1) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, certain Trustees are entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex as follows: Mr. Berv: $307,130; Mr. Cocanougher: $503,114; Mr. Finn: $306,079; Mr. Gross: $318,788; Ms. Harrington: $348,670; Ms. Kerley: $217,984; Mr. Merten: $405,257; and Mr. Pettit: $424,976. A portion of these benefits that has been paid is included, on a pro rata basis, in the aggregate compensation paid by each fund shown above. In addition, each fund formerly overseen by these Trustees has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of these benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

(2) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

Prior Board

Prior to April 2007, the Directors listed below served as the Board of Directors of the Funds. The following table shows the compensation paid to each former Director of the Funds during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 for service as a Director.

12

Name of Director	Aggregate Compensation from Government Securities Fund(2)		Aggregate Compensation from Investment Grade Bond Fund(2)
Independent Directors
Paul R. Ades	$	815	$	905
Dwight B. Crane(1)	$	3,538	$	5,659
Frank G. Hubbard	$	449	$	599
Jerome H. Miller	$	449	$	599
Ken Miller	$	429	$	583
Interested Director
R. Jay Gerken(3)	$	0	$	0

(1) Pursuant to a prior retirement plan, Mr. Crane received in a lump sum (calculated on a net present value basis), an aggregate benefit from the fund complex having a net present value equal to $444,643. A portion of this benefit payout is included, on a pro rata basis, in the aggregate compensation paid by each fund shown above. In addition, each fund no longer overseen by Mr. Crane has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

(2) Pursuant to prior retirement plans, Mr. Herbert Barg, a former Director, is entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex of $458,325. Each fund no longer overseen by Mr. Barg has paid a pro rata share (based on asset size) of the benefit. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

(3) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his service as a Director because of his affiliation with the manager.

None of the officers of the Trust received any compensation from the Trust during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

As of April 2, 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding common stock of either Fund.

As of April 2, 2008, the following persons owned of record the amounts indicated of the shares of the classes of the Funds.

Name of Fund	Class	Name and Address	Percent
Government Securities Fund	1	PFPC Brokerage Services FBO Primerica Financial Services 760 Moore Road King of Prussia PA 19406	100%
	A	PFPC Brokerage Services FBO Primerica Financial Services 760 Moore Road King of Prussia PA 19406	21.0%
		CitiStreet Retirement Trust Citigroup Institutional Trust 400 Atrium Dr Somerset, NJ 08873-4172	13.5%
	B	PFPC Brokerage Services FBO Primerica Financial Services 760 Moore Road King of Prussia PA 19406	50.9%
	I	Citi Global Impact Funding Trust, Inc. Balanced Pool 787 Seventh Avenue New York, NY 10019-6018	59.9%

13

Name of Fund	Class	Name and Address	Percent
		Citi Global Impact Funding Trust, Inc. Conservative Pool 787 Seventh Avenue New York, NY 10019-6018	28.4%
		Virginia P Swindal Swindal International LLC PO Box 172597 Tampa, FL 33672-0597	8.2%
Investment Grade Bond Fund	B	PFPC Brokerage Services FBO Primerica Financial Services 760 Moore Road King of Prussia PA 19406	65.9%
	I	Terry Investments 6312 Princeton Glendale Rd Hamilton, OH 45011-1297	73.2%
		Terry Industries 3212 Princeton Glendale Rd Hamilton, OH 45011-1297	26.7%

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to each Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of certain other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $193 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the Funds.

Under each Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the Fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the Fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the Fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

Each Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

Each Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the

14

Fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Trust’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the Funds, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

As compensation for its services under the Management Agreement rendered to each Fund, each Fund pays LMPFA a management fee computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rates of average daily net assets set forth below:

Fund	Average Daily Net Assets	Fee Rate (% of average daily net assets)
Investment Grade Bond Fund	First $500 million	0.65
	Over $500 million	0.60
Government Securities Fund	First $2 billion	0.55
	Next $2 billion	0.50
	Next $2 billion	0.45
	Next $2 billion	0.40
	Over $8 billion	0.35

For the period from December 1, 2005 through July 31, 2006, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) served as the Funds’ manager under the same fee schedule described above.

For the period December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 to July 31, 2006, each Fund paid management fees to SBFM as follows:

Fund	Management Fees
	December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005		January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006*
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	515,054	$	3,460,310
Government Securities Fund	$	294,582	$	1,908,385

* These amounts reflect fee waivers of $21,660 for Investment Grade Bond Fund and $13,458 for Government Securities Fund.

For the period from August 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006, each Fund paid management fees to LMPFA as follows:

Fund	Management Fees
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	2,196,085
Government Securities Fund	$	1,327,108

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, each Fund paid management fees to LMPFA as follows:

Fund	Gross Management Fees		Management Fees Waived			Net Management Fees (after waivers)
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	4,426,880	$	0		$	4,426,880
Government Securities Fund	$	4,395,261	$	(1,477,459	)	$	2,917,802

15

Prior to December 1, 2005, SBFM served as investment manager and administrator to the Funds pursuant to separate investment advisory and administration agreements and received separate investment advisory and administrative fees.

As compensation for investment advisory services rendered to Government Securities Fund prior to December 1, 2005, the Fund paid SBFM a fee computed daily and paid monthly at the following annual rates of average daily net assets: 0.35% up to $2 billion; 0.30% on the next $2 billion; 0.25% on the next $2 billion; 0.20% on the next $2 billion; and 0.15% on net assets thereafter. As compensation for investment advisory services rendered to Investment Grade Bond Fund, prior to December 1, 2005, the Fund paid SBFM a fee computed daily and paid monthly at the following annual rates of average daily net assets: 0.45% up to $500 million and 0.42% on net assets thereafter.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Funds accrued advisory fees as follows:

Fund	2005		2006
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	4,416,683	5,678,055
Government Securities Fund	$	2,577,662	3,248,951

As compensation for administrative services rendered to Government Securities Fund, prior to December 1, 2005, SBFM received a fee computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.20% of the value of the Fund’s average daily net assets. As compensation for administrative services rendered to Investment Grade Bond Fund, prior to December 1, 2005, SBFM received a fee computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.20% of the value of the Fund’s average daily net assets up to and including $500 million and 0.18% on net assets in excess of $500 million.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, each Fund paid administrative fees to SBFM as set forth below:

Fund	2005
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	1,704,807
Government Securities Fund	$	1,304,617

Subadviser

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to each Fund pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the manager and Western Asset (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101. Western Asset acts as investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2007, Western Asset’s total assets under management were approximately $457 billion. Western Asset is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Under each Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will manage the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the Fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory

16

Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the applicable Fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. Each Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager will pay the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the manager paid the subadviser sub-advisory fees of $1,537,260 and $928,975, with respect to Investment Grade Bond Fund and Government Securities Fund, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid the subadviser sub-advisory fees of $3,098,816 and $2,055,961, with respect to Investment Grade Bond Fund and Government Securities Fund, respectively.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the Distribution Plan (as discussed below), each Fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Funds’ securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the Funds’ shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Funds’ shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Funds’ shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Funds; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the Funds, if any; and the Funds’ pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Funds and their officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any nonrecurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Funds are a party and the legal obligation which the Funds may have to indemnify the Funds’ Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares of either Fund, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in each Fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of a Fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of a Fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent

17

any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the Funds, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the codes of ethics of the Funds, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines & Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager or subadviser, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager and/or the subadviser, believing that the manager and/or the subadviser should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for each Fund to the Fund’s subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the Funds. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the Funds, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the Funds as required for the Funds to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to each Fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how each Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the Fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of each Fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each Fund; receives and delivers all assets for each Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of each Fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of each Fund. State Street neither determines the Funds’ investment policies, nor decides which securities the Funds will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. Each Fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified

18

custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as each Fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as each Fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for each Fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and each Fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by each Fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for each Fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Bingham McCutchen LLP, 150 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as counsel to the Funds.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon each Fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 serves as each Fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005, as amended (the “distribution agreements”).

LMIS received no commissions on the sale of fund shares and no contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions of fund shares were paid to LMIS for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

Prior to December 1, 2007, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), an indirect subsidiary of Citigroup Inc., PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”), served as distributors of the Fund along with LMIS.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

Each Fund has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “Distribution Plan”) pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI shares and

19

Class R shares of each Fund. Under the Distribution Plan, each Fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services LMIS provides and expenses LMIS bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI shares and Class R shares and services LMIS provides to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI shares and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the Distribution Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. Under the Distribution Plan, each Fund may pay monthly fees at an annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class A shares, not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to that class in the case of Class B shares, not to exceed 0.70% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class C shares, not to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class FI shares and not to exceed 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class R shares.

Fees under the Distribution Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of each Fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of each Fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. Each Fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of Fund shares and/or shareholder services provided; provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect to a particular class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA.

The Distribution Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI shares and Class R investors.

The Distribution Plan permits each Fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the Distribution Plan, the Funds will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. Each Fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the Distribution Plan or Distribution Agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the Fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the Distribution Plan for each Fund, the Trustees will review the Distribution Plan and the expenses for each class within the Fund separately.

The Distribution Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the Funds, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from each Fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the Funds’ distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of each Fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the Distribution Plan, if permitted by law.

The Distribution Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the Distribution

20

Plan also must be approved by the Trustees, including all of the Independent Trustees, in the manner described above. The Distribution Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of each Fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act).

As contemplated by the Distribution Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the Trust in connection with the offering of shares of each Fund pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

Dealer reallowances are described in each Fund’s prospectus.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by each Fund pursuant to the Distribution Plan in effect during the periods indicated:

	Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006		Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
Investment Grade Bond Fund:
Class A	$	1,051,669	$	1,098,368	$	1,137,204
Class B	$	824,679	$	1,039,951	$	1,304,322
Class C	$	494,502	$	487,987	$	470,009
Government Securities Fund:
Class A	$	1,065,476	$	804,863	$	877,476
Class B	$	658,868	$	593,771	$	722,124
Class C	$	469,990	$	82,441	$	109,478

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS, CGMI and/or PFS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, are set forth in the following tables:

LMIS

	Financial Consultant Compensation		Third Party Service Fees		Third Party Distribution Fee		Marketing and Advertising Expenses		Printing Expenses		Total
Investment Grade Bond Fund
A	$	0	$	376,416	$	0	$	0		N/A	$	376,416
B	$	100,263	$	55,257	$	26,757	$	25,075	$	0	$	207,352
C	$	159,148	$	58,922	$	0	$	92,175	$	28	$	310,273
Government Securities Fund
A	$	0	$	336,542	$	0	$	0		N/A	$	336,542
B	$	102,925	$	57,113	$	17,046	$	16,128	$	1,697	$	194,909
C	$	146,640	$	65,035	$	0	$	89,591	$	1,284	$	302,550

21

CGMI

	Financial Consultant Compensation		Third Party Service Fees	Branch Expenses		Marketing and Advertising Expenses	Printing Expenses	Total
Investment Grade Bond Fund
A	$	130,006	N/A	$	198,419	N/A	N/A	$	328,425
B	$	23,928	N/A	$	37,152	N/A	N/A	$	61,080
C	$	78,204	N/A	$	125,900	N/A	N/A	$	204,104
Government Securities Fund
A	$	191,639	N/A	$	311,976	N/A	N/A	$	503,615
B	$	22,609	N/A	$	38,055	N/A	N/A	$	60,664
C	$	83,932	N/A	$	131,490	N/A	N/A	$	215,422

PFS

	Financial Consultant Compensation		Third Party Service Fees	Branch Expenses		Marketing and Advertising Expenses		Printing Expenses	Total
Investment Grade Bond Fund
A	$	243,516	N/A	$	103,642	$	0	N/A	$	347,158
B	$	394,774	N/A	$	39,215	$	4,752	N/A	$	438,741
C		N/A	N/A		N/A		N/A	N/A		N/A
Government Securities Fund
A	$	140,791	N/A	$	51,198	$	0	N/A	$	191,989
B	$	243,487	N/A	$	18,110	$	2,081	N/A	$	263,678
C		N/A	N/A		N/A		N/A	N/A		N/A

Initial Sales Charges

Commissions on Class A Shares. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of commissions paid to CGMI and LMIS on sales of Class A shares were as follows:

	Class A
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	118,187	$	41,749	$	33,316
Government Securities Fund	$	33,066	$	16,691	$	40,155

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of commissions paid to PFS on sales of Class A shares were as follows:

	Class A
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	1,172,223	$	827,110	$	559,726
Government Securities Fund	$	727,583	$	555,111	$	400,800

22

Commissions on Class 1 shares. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of commissions paid to PFS on sales of Class 1 shares were as follows:

	Class 1
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Government Securities Fund	$	61,639	$	56,937	$	29,587

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

Class A Shares. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges paid to CGMI and LMIS on Class A shares were as follows:

	Class A Shares
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	6,706	$	1,057	$	478
Government Securities Fund	$	250	$	3,343	$	1,569

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges paid to PFS on Class A shares were as follows:

	Class A Shares
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	6,649	$	2,174	$	31
Government Securities Fund	$	7,897	$	2,168	$	53

For Class A shares sold by PFS between December 1, 2007 through the close of business on May 31, 2008, PFS will receive the front-end sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. LMIS will retain any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions. Thereafter, PFS will receive the same level of compensation as other Service Agents.

Class B Shares. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges paid to CGMI and LMIS on Class B shares were as follows:

	Class B Shares
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	156,365	$	102,899	$	61,664
Government Securities Fund	$	85,174	$	34,401	$	53,588

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges paid to PFS on Class B shares were as follows:

	Class B Shares
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	227,293	$	198,619	$	130,898
Government Securities Fund	$	160,284	$	127,880	$	78,943

23

Class C Shares. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of contingent deferred sales charges paid to CGMI and LMIS on Class C shares were as follows:

	Class C Shares
Fund	Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
Investment Grade Bond Fund	$	2,138	$	2,659	$	1,531
Government Securities Fund	$	1,153	$	1,864	$	677

Portfolio Transactions

Subject to such policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the Funds’ subadviser is primarily responsible for each Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of each Fund’s portfolio transactions.

Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market, but the price of those securities includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Over-the-counter purchases and sales are transacted directly with principal market makers except where it is believed that better prices and executions may be obtained elsewhere. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down.

Pursuant to each Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement, the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for a Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital. In connection with the subadviser’s monitoring of its portfolio transactions for compliance with its policies, the subadviser utilizes both an internal committee and a third party service provider.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the Funds and/or the other accounts over which the subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for a Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases a Fund’s costs, neither the manager nor the subadviser believes that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for a Fund may be used by the manager or the subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or the subadviser by brokers who effect

24

securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or the subadviser in servicing a Fund. Not all of these research services are used by the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the Funds. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, neither Fund directed any brokerage transactions to brokers because of research services provided.

Each Fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers”, as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board on behalf of each Fund has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 promulgated under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the Funds paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to CGMI as set out below:

Fund	Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid		Amount of Brokerage Commission Paid by the Fund to CGMI
Investment Grade Bond Fund
Year Ended December 31, 2005	$	0	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2006	$	0	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2007	$	0	$	0
Government Securities Fund
Year Ended December 31, 2005	$	0	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2006	$	955	$	0
Year Ended December 31, 2007	$	12,090	$	0

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the Funds under the 1940 Act. For the period December 1, 2005 though December 31, 2006, and for fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, each Fund purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of the Fund, which had the following values as of December 31, 2007.

Fund	Broker/Dealer	Value of Securities as of December 31, 2007
Investment Grade Bond Fund
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.	$	9,405,401
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$	9,295,553
	Lehman Brothers Inc.	$	8,429,390
	Morgan Stanley	$	7,246,201
	Goldman Sachs	$	5,720,703
	UBS Securities LLC	$	5,406,410
	Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.	$	2,716,604
Government Securities Fund
	Banc of America Securities LLC	$	3,968,061
	Lehman Brothers Inc.	$	3,757,917
	Morgan Stanley	$	1,359,656
	Bear Stearns & Co., Inc.	$	935,556

25

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for a Fund as well as for one or more of the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for each Fund and for the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for a Fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for a Fund and for other funds managed by the adviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, a Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the Fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

Fund	2006		2007
Investment Grade Bond Fund	94	%(1)	53	%
Government Securities Fund	266	%(1)	88	%

⁽¹⁾ The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 was higher than normal primarily as a result of the change of portfolio managers and subsequent rebalancing of Fund assets.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the Fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth information with respect to each Fund’s portfolio managers. Unless otherwise noted, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the Fund with respect to which information is provided) for which the portfolio manager has day-to-day management

26

responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts.

Fund	Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Government Securities Fund	S. Kenneth Leech	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 95 of such accounts, which had approximately $32.7 billion in total assets)
	Stephen A. Walsh	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 95 of such accounts, which had approximately $32.7 billion in total assets)
	Mark S. Lindbloom	5 registered investment companies with $2 billion in total assets under management	3 other pooled investment vehicles with $242 million in assets under management	32 other accounts with $7 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 4 of such accounts, which had approximately $1.3 billion in total assets)
	Michael C. Buchanan	14 registered investment companies with $7.8 billion in total assets under management	7 other pooled investment vehicles with $5.1 billion in total assets under management	12 other accounts with $816 million in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 1 of such accounts, which had approximately $90 million in total assets)

27

Fund	Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
	Ronald D. Mass	1 registered investment company with $164 million in total assets under management	14 other pooled investment vehicles with $4.6 billion in total assets under management	No other managed accounts
Investment Grade Bond Fund	S. Kenneth Leech	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 95 of such accounts, which had approximately $32.7 billion in total assets)
	Stephen A. Walsh	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $212 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $301 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 95 of such accounts, which had approximately $32.7 billion in total assets)
	Jeffrey D. Van Schaick	3 registered investment companies with $768 million in total assets under management	2 other pooled investment vehicles with $372 million in assets under management	23 other accounts with $5 trillion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 3 of such accounts, which had approximately $581 million in total assets)
	Carl. L. Eichstaedt	13 registered investment companies with $3.9 billion in total assets under management	6 other pooled investment vehicles with $1.8 billion in assets under management	98 other accounts with $20 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 3 of such accounts, which had approximately $1 billion in total assets)

28

Fund	Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
	Edward A. Moody	3 registered investment companies with $821 million in total assets under management	1 other pooled investment vehicles with $64 million in assets under management	88 other accounts with $17 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 8 of such accounts, which had approximately $3.1 billion in total assets)
	Mark S. Lindbloom	6 registered investment companies with $2.7 billion in total assets under management	3 other pooled investment vehicles with $242 million in assets under management	32 other accounts with $7 billion in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 4 of such accounts, which had approximately $1.3 billion in total assets)

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Western Asset’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation “target” and a respective cap, which are derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan.

In addition, the subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. One of the principal factors considered is a portfolio manager’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and, with respect to a Fund, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus to which the Fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation, with 3 years having the most emphasis. A subadviser may also measure a portfolio manager’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because portfolio managers are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the Funds) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account, though relative performance against the stated benchmark and its applicable Lipper peer group is also considered. A smaller portion of a bonus payment is derived from factors that include client service, business development, length of service to the subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These were determined based upon the factors described above and

29

include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a Fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the portfolio managers listed in the table above.

The manager, the subadviser and each Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager and the individuals that they employ. For example, the manager and the subadviser each seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the Funds will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio managers determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to a fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he manages. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

30

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he manages. If the structure of the investment manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he has an interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance a portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. The investment manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of Fund securities as of December 31, 2007, by each portfolio manager.

Fund	Portfolio Manager	Dollar Range of Ownership of Securities
Government Securities Fund	S. Kenneth Leech	None
	Stephen A. Walsh	None
	Michael C. Buchanan	None
	Ronald D. Mass	None
	Mark S. Lindbloom	None
Investment Grade Bond Fund	S. Kenneth Leech	None
	Stephen A. Walsh	None
	Jeffrey D. Van Schaick	None
	Carl L. Eichstaedt	None
	Edward A. Moody	None
	Mark S. Lindbloom	None

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

Each Fund’s Prospectus discusses the investment objective and the policies it employs to achieve such objective. The following discussion supplements the description of each Fund’s investment objective and management policies contained in its Prospectus.

Investment Objectives

Investment Grade Bond Fund seeks as high a level of current income as is consistent with prudent investment management and preservation of capital. Government Securities Fund seeks high current return.

Each Fund’s investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, Investment Grade Bond Fund invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in “investment grade” fixed-income securities and related

31

investments. These are securities rated by a national recognized statistical ratings organization within one of the top four ratings categories, or, if unrated, judged by the subadviser to be of comparable credit quality. Investment Grade Bond Fund also may invest in U.S. Government securities and U.S. dollar denominated fixed-income securities of foreign issuers. Investment Grade Bond Fund may invest in securities having any maturity.

Under normal circumstances, Government Securities Fund invests at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities and related investments. These securities include U.S. Treasury securities and mortgage-related securities. Mortgage-related securities issued by federal agencies or instrumentalities may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Government or only by the credit of the issuer itself.

Government Securities Fund may also enter into mortgage dollar roll transactions where Government Securities Fund sells a mortgage-related security and simultaneously agrees to repurchase, at a future date, another mortgage-related security with the same interest rate and maturity date but generally backed by a different pool of mortgages. During the roll period, the fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the security it sold. The benefits from these transactions depend on the portfolio managers’ ability to forecast mortgage prepayment patterns on different mortgage pools. Government Securities Fund may lose money if the securities to be repurchased decline in value before the date of repurchase.

Additional Information

The Funds’ principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information on these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the Funds.

Each Fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment.

Fixed-Income Securities (Both Funds)

Corporate Debt Obligations. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and/or interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity. Zero coupon securities are securities sold at a discount to par value and on which interest payments are not made during the life of the security.

U.S. Government Securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or one of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”) in which the fund may invest include debt obligations of varying maturities issued by the United States Treasury or issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States government, including the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Small Business Administration, the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Maritime Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, District of Columbia Armory Board, Student Loan Marketing Association and Resolution Trust Company. Direct obligations of the United States Treasury include bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds which differ in their interest rates, maturities and dates of issuance. These instruments are direct obligations of the United States government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Because the United States government is not obligated by law to provide support to an instrumentality that it sponsors, the fund will not invest in obligations issued by an instrumentality of the United States government unless the subadviser determines that the instrumentality’s credit risk does not make its securities unsuitable for investment by the fund.

32

Mortgage-Related Securities. The Funds may invest in mortgage-related securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities, including those representing an undivided ownership interest in a pool of mortgage loans, e.g., GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC Certificates. Mortgage loans made by banks, savings and loan institutions, and other lenders are often assembled into pools, which are issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the U.S. Government, though not necessarily by the U.S. Government itself. Interests in such pools are collectively referred to as “mortgage-related securities.”

Mortgage-related securities are characterized by monthly payments to the holder, reflecting the monthly payments made by the borrowers who received the underlying mortgage loans. The payments to the securityholders (such as the Funds), like the payments on the underlying loans, represent both principal and interest. Although the underlying mortgage loans are for specified periods of time, such as 20 or 30 years, the borrowers can, and typically do, pay them off sooner. Thus, the securityholders frequently receive prepayments of principal in addition to the principal which is part of the regular monthly payment. A borrower is more likely to prepay a mortgage which bears a relatively high rate of interest. This means that in times of declining interest rates, some of a Fund’s higher yielding securities might be converted to cash, and the Fund will be forced to accept lower interest rates when that cash is used to purchase additional securities. The increased likelihood of prepayment when interest rates decline also limits market price appreciation of mortgage-related securities. If a Fund buys mortgage-related securities at a premium, mortgage foreclosures or mortgage prepayments may result in a loss to the Fund of up to the amount of the premium paid since only timely payment of principal and interest is guaranteed.

GNMA is a wholly owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA’s principal programs involve its guarantees of privately issued securities backed by pools of mortgages. GNMA Certificates (“GNMA Certificates”) are mortgage-backed securities, which evidence an undivided interest in a pool of mortgage loans. GNMA Certificates differ from bonds in that principal is paid back monthly by the borrower over the term of the loan rather than returned in a lump sum at maturity. GNMA Certificates that the Funds purchase are the “modified pass-through” type. “Modified pass-through” GNMA Certificates entitle the holder to receive a share of all interest and principal payments paid and owed on the mortgage pool net of fees paid to the issuer and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment. The National Housing Act authorizes GNMA to guarantee the timely payment of principal and interest on securities backed by a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”) or the Farmers’ Home Administration (“FMHA”), or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration (“VA”). Once a pool of such mortgages is assembled and approved by GNMA, the GNMA guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. GNMA is also empowered to borrow without limitation from the U.S. Treasury if necessary to make any payments required under its guarantee.

The average life of a GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosures will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before maturity of the mortgages in the pool. A Fund normally will not distribute principal payments (whether regular or prepaid) to its shareholders. Rather, it will invest such payments in additional mortgage-related securities of the types described above or other U.S. Government securities. Interest received by a Fund will, however, be distributed to shareholders. Foreclosures impose no risk to principal investment because of the GNMA guarantee.

As prepayment rates of the individual mortgage pools vary widely, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of GNMA Certificates. However, statistics published by the FHA indicate that the average life of single-family dwelling mortgages with 25- to 30-year maturities, the type of mortgages backing the vast majority of GNMA Certificates, is approximately 12 years. Therefore, it is customary to treat GNMA Certificates as 30-year mortgage-backed securities which prepay fully in the twelfth year.

Since the inception of the GNMA mortgage-backed securities program in 1970, the amount of GNMA Certificates outstanding has grown rapidly. The size of the market and the active participation in the secondary

33

market by securities dealers and many types of investors make GNMA Certificates highly liquid instruments. Quotes for GNMA Certificates are readily available from securities dealers and depend on, among other things, the level of market rates, the Certificate’s coupon rate and the prepayment experience of the pool of mortgages backing each Certificate.

FHLMC was created in 1970 to promote development of a nationwide secondary market in conventional residential mortgages. FHLMC issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities, mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”). PCs resemble GNMA Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. Like GNMA Certificates, PCs are assumed to be prepaid fully in their twelfth year. FHLMC guarantees timely monthly payment of interest of PCs and the ultimate payment of principal.

GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. However, these instruments pay interest semiannually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. The expected average life of these securities is approximately 10 years.

FNMA was established in 1938 to create a secondary market in mortgages insured by the FHA. FNMA issues guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (“FNMA Certificates”). FNMA Certificates resemble GNMA Certificates in that each Certificate represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. FNMA guarantees timely payment of interest on FNMA Certificates and the full return of principal. Like GNMA Certificates, FNMA Certificates are assumed to be prepaid fully in their twelfth year.

The risks are greater with FHLMC and FNMA securities because, unlike GNMA securities, FHLMC and FNMA securities are not guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Short-Term Investments. In certain circumstances the Funds may invest without limitation in all types of short-term money market instruments, including U.S. Government securities; certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements. To the extent a Fund is investing in short-term investments as a temporary defensive posture, the applicable Fund’s investment objective may not be achieved. Investment Grade Bond Fund may invest in negotiable bank certificates of deposit and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (but not their foreign branches) having total assets in excess of $1 billion.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as a Fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. Each Fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the Fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities. Investment Grade Bond Fund may invest only in commercial paper issued by domestic corporations rated in the highest two short-term ratings categories by a nationally recognized ratings organization, or, if unrated, issued by a corporation that has an outstanding debt issue rated in the highest two ratings categories by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NRSRO”).

Exchange Rate-Related Securities (Government Securities Fund). The Fund may invest up to 5% of its net assets in U.S. Government securities for which the principal repayment at maturity, while paid in U.S. dollars, is determined by reference to the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currency of one or more foreign countries (“Exchange Rate-Related Securities”). The interest payable on these securities is denominated in U.S. dollars, is not subject to foreign currency risks and, in most cases, is paid at rates higher than most other U.S.

34

Government securities in recognition of the foreign currency risk component of Exchange Rate-Related Securities.

Exchange Rate-Related Securities are issued in a variety of forms, depending on the structure of the principal repayment formula. The principal repayment formula may be structured so that the security holder will benefit if a particular foreign currency to which the security is linked is stable or appreciates against the U.S. dollar. In the alternative, the principal repayment formula may be structured so that the security holder benefits if the U.S. dollar is stable or appreciates against the linked foreign currency. Finally, the principal repayment formula can be a function of more than one currency and, therefore, be designed in either of the aforementioned forms or a combination of those forms.

Investments in Exchange Rate-Related Securities entail special risks. There is the possibility of significant changes in rates of exchange between the U.S. dollar and any foreign currency to which an Exchange Rate-Related Security is linked. If currency exchange rates do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated at the time of purchase of the security, the amount of principal repaid at maturity might be significantly below the par value of the security, which might not be offset by the interest earned by the Fund over the term of the security. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments and other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors. The imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls by the United States or foreign governments or intervention by central banks also could affect exchange rates. Finally, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market will exist for particular Exchange Rate-Related Securities due to conditions in the debt and foreign currency markets. Illiquidity in the forward foreign exchange market and the high volatility of the foreign exchange market may from time to time combine to make it difficult to sell an Exchange Rate-Related Security prior to maturity without incurring a significant price loss.

Zero Coupon Securities (Government Securities Fund). The Fund may invest in zero coupon bonds. A zero coupon bond pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life, although interest is accrued during that period. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price). Because such securities usually trade at a deep discount, they will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities which make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, zero coupon securities eliminate reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls (Both Funds)

In mortgage “dollar rolls” a fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, a fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. A fund is typically compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. At the time a fund enters into a mortgage “dollar roll,” it will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls or use other methods currently or in the future permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulation thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, a fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

35

Equity Securities (Investment Grade Bond Fund)

Common Stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Preferred Stocks and Convertible Securities. Convertible debt securities and preferred stock entitle the holder to acquire the issuer’s stock by exchange or purchase for a predetermined rate. Convertible securities are subject both to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed-income securities and to the stock market risk associated with equity securities.

Warrants. Warrants acquired by the Fund entitle it to buy common stock from the issuer at a specified price and time. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. A Fund’s investment in warrants will not entitle it to receive dividends or exercise voting rights and will become worthless if the warrants cannot be profitably exercised before the expiration dates. Warrants acquired by the Fund in units or attached to securities will be deemed to be without value for purposes of this restriction. These limits are not fundamental policies of the Fund and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

REITs. Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are pooled investment vehicles that invest in real estate or real estate loans or interests. Investing in REITs involves risks similar to those associated with investing in equity securities of small capitalization companies. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to risks of project financing, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for the exemption from taxation on distributed amounts under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

Derivative Instruments—Options, Futures and Other Strategies (Both Funds)

General. Each Fund may invest in certain options, futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, indexed securities and other derivative instruments (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) to, among other things, attempt to hedge its investments or attempt to enhance its return or yield through non-hedging strategies.

Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, this SAI or by applicable law, each Fund may purchase and sell any type of Financial Instrument.

The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. In addition, each Fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in the Fund’s portfolio. Thus, in a short hedge the Fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the Fund intends to acquire. Thus, in a long hedge, the Fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the Fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to the portfolio security that the Fund owns. Rather, it relates to a

36

security that the Fund intends to acquire. If the Fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security it anticipated purchasing, the effect on the Fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the Fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indices, in contrast, generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the Fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities generally are used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadviser expects to discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques. These new opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The Fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below, and may result in losses to the Fund. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the Fund. The Fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders.

Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. The prices of derivatives may move in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal market conditions. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed, and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to reduce risk or increase return.

The Fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the Fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

Certain Risks Associated with Hedging Strategies. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indices will depend on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities or other assets being hedged.

37

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded Financial Instruments, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. The Fund may invest in Financial Instruments based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the position in Financial Instruments will not track the performance of the Fund’s other investments.

Prices of Financial Instruments can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the Fund’s portfolio investments well. Prices of Financial Instruments are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the markets for Financial Instruments and the securities markets, from structural differences in how Financial Instruments and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. The Fund may purchase or sell Financial Instruments with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the Fund’s positions in Financial Instruments are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

If successful, the above-discussed strategies can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the Fund entered into a short hedge because its subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the Fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the Fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the Fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

Cover. Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchased options, expose the Fund to an obligation to another party. The Fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, segregate on its books cash or liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. The Fund may cover such transactions using other methods currently or as may be permitted in the future under the 1940 Act or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by the Fund.

Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund’s assets to cover in accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options. A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

The Fund may purchase call options for any purpose. For example, a call option may be purchased by the Fund as a long hedge. Call options also may be used as a means of participating in an anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited risk basis than would be possible if the security itself were purchased. In the event of a decline in the price of the underlying security, use of this strategy would serve to limit the Fund’s potential loss to the option premium paid; conversely, if the market price of the underlying security increases above the exercise price and the Fund either sells or exercises the option, any profit realized would be reduced by the premium.

38

The Fund may purchase put options for any purpose. For example, a put option may be purchased by the Fund as a short hedge. The put option enables the Fund to sell the underlying security at the predetermined exercise price; thus the potential for loss to the Fund below the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any profit the Fund realizes on the sale of the security would be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Writing put or call options can enable the Fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, the Fund may also suffer a loss as a result of writing options. For example, if the market price of the security underlying a put option declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, the Fund would suffer a loss.

Writing call options can serve as a limited short hedge, because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the Fund will be obligated to sell the security or currency at less than its market value. If the call option is an over the counter (“OTC”) option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

Writing put options can serve as a limited long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the Fund will be obligated to purchase the security or currency at more than its market value. If the put option is an OTC option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment and general market conditions.

The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, the Fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

A type of put that the Fund may purchase is an “optional delivery standby commitment,” which is entered into by parties selling debt securities to the Fund. An optional delivery standby commitment gives the Fund the right to sell the security back to the seller on specified terms. This right is provided as an inducement to purchase the security.

Risks of Options on Securities. Options may result in the Fund’s net asset value being more sensitive to changes in the value of the related instrument. The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

39

The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. There can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration, if at all.

If the Fund were unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, due to the absence of a secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options have varying expiration dates. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying security or other instrument. Options purchased by the Fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the Fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

Options on Indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities or futures contracts except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When the Fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When the Fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When the Fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When the Fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Risks of Options on Indices. The risks of investment in options on indices may be greater than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, when the Fund writes a call on an index it cannot provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, the Fund cannot, as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities as underlie the index and, as a result, bears a risk that the value of the securities held will vary from the value of the index.

Even if the Fund could assemble a portfolio that exactly reproduced the composition of the underlying index, it still would not be fully covered from a risk standpoint because of the “timing risk” inherent in writing index options. When an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled to receive is determined by the difference between the exercise price and the closing index level on the date when the option is exercised. As with other kinds of options, the Fund as the call writer will not learn that the Fund has been assigned until the next business day at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice of assignment poses no risk for the writer of a covered call on a specific underlying security, such as common stock, because there the writer’s obligation is to deliver the underlying security, not to pay its value as of a fixed time in the past. So long

40

as the writer already owns the underlying security, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and the risk that its value may have declined since the exercise date is borne by the exercising holder. In contrast, even if the writer of an index call holds securities that exactly match the composition of the underlying index, it will not be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those securities against payment of the exercise price. Instead, it will be required to pay cash in an amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date. By the time it learns that it has been assigned, the index may have declined, with a corresponding decline in the value of its portfolio. This “timing risk” is an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their risk exposure by holding securities positions.

If the Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the Fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

OTC Options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows the Fund great flexibility to tailor the option to its needs, OTC options generally involve greater risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are considered illiquid by the SEC.

Generally, OTC non-U.S. currency options used by the Fund are European-style options. This means that the option is only exercisable immediately prior to its expiration. This is in contrast to American-style options, which are exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. The Fund may invest in single security futures contracts to the extent permitted by applicable law. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option. The purchase of futures or call options on futures can serve as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options on futures can serve as a short hedge. Writing call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for writing call options on securities or indices. Similarly, writing put options on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge. Futures contracts and options on futures contracts can also be purchased and sold to attempt to enhance income or yield. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may also write call and put options on futures contracts that are not covered.

In addition, futures strategies can be used to manage the average duration of the Fund’s fixed-income portfolio. If the subadviser wishes to shorten the average duration of the Fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the Fund may sell a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If the subadviser wishes to lengthen the average duration of the Fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the Fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

Futures contracts may also be used for non-hedging purposes, such as to simulate full investment in underlying securities while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in a security, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying security or index.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit “initial margin.” Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a

41

futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the Fund’s obligations to or from a futures broker. When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the use of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the value of the securities or currencies being hedged. In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or currencies, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same currency or underlying security and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The Fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

The Fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures market), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on

42

participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of general interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market trends by the subadviser may still not result in a successful transaction. Of course, the subadviser may be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of various interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market movements or the time span within which the movements take place.

Index Futures. The risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of index futures and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge increases as the composition of the Fund’s portfolio diverges from the securities included in the applicable index. The price of the index futures may move more than or less than the price of the securities being hedged. If the price of the index futures moves less than the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, the Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the futures contract. If the price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the securities, the Fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the futures contract that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the securities being hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, the Fund may buy or sell index futures in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the prices of the securities included in the index. It is also possible that, where the Fund has sold index futures contracts to hedge against decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the securities held in the Fund may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures contract and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities. However, while this could occur for a very brief period or to a very small degree, over time the value of a diversified portfolio of securities will tend to move in the same direction as the market indices on which the futures contracts are based.

Where index futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before the Fund is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the Fund then concludes not to invest in them at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, it will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities it had anticipated purchasing.

To the extent such instruments are permitted by applicable law and the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may invest in security futures. Such investments are expected to be subject to risks similar to those of index future investing.

Non-U.S. Currency Hedging Strategies—Special Considerations. The Fund may invest in securities that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies and may engage in a variety of non-U.S. currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates or to earn additional income. The Fund may use options and futures contracts, swaps and indexed notes relating to non-U.S. currencies as described above and forward currency contracts, as described below, to attempt to hedge against movements in the values of the non-U.S. currencies in which the Fund’s securities are denominated or to attempt to enhance income or yield. Currency hedges can protect against price movements in a security that the Fund owns or intends to acquire that are attributable to changes in the value of the currency in which it is denominated. Such hedges do not, however, protect against price movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.

The Fund might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular currency when no Financial Instruments on that currency are available or such Financial Instruments are more expensive than certain other Financial Instruments. In such cases, the Fund may seek to hedge against price movements in that currency by

43

entering into transactions using Financial Instruments on another currency or a basket of currencies, the value of which the Fund’s subadviser believes will have a high degree of correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the Financial Instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of the currency subject to the hedging transaction is magnified when this strategy is used.

The value of Financial Instruments on non-U.S. currencies depends on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because non-U.S. currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such Financial Instruments, the Fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying non-U.S. currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for non-U.S. currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in non-U.S. currencies is a global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the markets for the Financial Instruments until they reopen.

Settlement of hedging transactions involving non-U.S. currencies might be required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus, the Fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying non-U.S. currency in accordance with any U.S. or non-U.S. regulations regarding the maintenance of non-U.S. banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery assessed in the issuing country.

Options on non-U.S. currencies also have the risks of options on securities. See “Risks of Options on Securities” above.

Forward Currency Contracts. The Fund may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell non-U.S. currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another non-U.S. currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the forward currency contract. These forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Forward currency contracts may be used to attempt to hedge currency exposure or to enhance return or yield.

Such transactions may serve as long hedges; for example, the Fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a non-U.S. currency that the Fund intends to acquire. Forward currency contract transactions may also serve as short hedges; for example, the Fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security, dividend or interest payment denominated in a non-U.S. currency.

The Fund may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in non-U.S. currency. For example, if the Fund owned securities denominated in euros, it could enter into a forward currency contract to sell euros in return for U.S. dollars to hedge against possible declines in the euro’s value. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the Euro. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

44

The cost to the Fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Fund enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

As is the case with futures contracts, parties to forward currency contracts can enter into offsetting closing transactions, similar to closing transactions on futures contracts, by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract at any time prior to maturity, if at all. In either event, the Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain the required cover.

The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the non-U.S. currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Fund might need to purchase or sell non-U.S. currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such non-U.S. currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. In addition, although forward currency contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currencies increase.

Successful use of forward currency contracts depends on the subadviser’s skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward currency contracts may substantially change the Fund’s exposure to changes in currency exchange rates and could result in losses to the Fund if currencies do not perform as the Fund’s subadviser anticipates. There is no assurance that the subadviser’s use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to the Fund or that the subadviser will hedge at an appropriate time.

Combined Positions. The Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with other Financial Instruments, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. For example, the Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Turnover. The Fund’s options and futures activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commission payments. The exercise of calls or puts written by the Fund, and the sale or purchase of futures contracts, may cause it to sell or purchase related investments, thus increasing its turnover rate. Once the Fund has received an exercise notice on an option it has written, it cannot effect a closing transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver or receive the underlying securities at the exercise price. The exercise of puts purchased by the Fund may also cause the sale of related investments, also increasing turnover; although such exercise is within the Fund’s control, holding a protective put might cause it to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. The Fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or purchases or sells a futures contract. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales.

45

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars. The Fund may enter into swaps, caps, floors and collars to preserve a return or a spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to attempt to enhance yield. A swap involves the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements, including caps, floors and collars, can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield because, and to the extent, these agreements affect the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, non-U.S. currency values, mortgage-backed security values, corporate borrowing rates or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency.

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap which may be significantly larger than the Fund’s cost to enter into the credit default swap.

The Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis, depending on whether a threshold amount (if any) is exceeded, and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value approximately equal to the accrued excess will be maintained as collateral. The Fund will also maintain collateral with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis, and will maintain collateral as required by SEC guidelines from time to time with respect to caps and floors written by the Fund

Flexibility. Generally, the foregoing is not intended to limit the Fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the Fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what the Fund may do are not intended to limit other any activity. The Fund maintain the flexibility to use Financial Instruments for any purpose consistent with applicable law and any express limitations in the SAI or the Prospectus.

46

Other Practices (Both Funds)

Securities of Foreign Issuers. Investments in securities of foreign entities and securities denominated in foreign currencies involve risks not typically involved in domestic investments, including fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, future foreign political and economic developments, and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign or United States governmental laws or restrictions applicable to such investments. Since each Fund may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of investments in the portfolio and the accrued income and unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Changes in foreign currency rates relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar value of the Fund’s assets denominated in that currency and the Fund’s yield on such assets.

Each Fund may also purchase foreign securities in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States and are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored ADR arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the ADR holders. In addition, less information is available in the United States about an unsponsored ADR than about a sponsored ADR, and the financial information about a company may not be as reliable for an unsponsored ADR as it is for a sponsored ADR. Each Fund may invest in ADRs through both sponsored and unsponsored arrangements.

Investment Grade Bond Fund also may purchase foreign securities in the form of Yankee obligations. Yankee obligations are dollar denominated obligations (bonds) issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign issuers. Yankee obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks, such as the risk that a foreign government might prevent dollar denominated funds from flowing across its border. As compared with obligations issued in the United States, Yankee obligations normally carry a higher interest rate but are less actively traded.

With respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments which could affect investment in those countries. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign security than about a United States security, and foreign entities may not be subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to those of United States entities. In addition, certain foreign investments made by the Fund may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, which would reduce the Fund’s total return on such investments and the amounts available for distributions by the Fund to its shareholders. Foreign financial markets, while growing in volume, have, for the most part, substantially less volume than United States markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable domestic companies.

The foreign markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of a Fund are not invested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of each Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of portfolio securities due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser. Costs associated with transactions in foreign securities, including custodial costs and foreign brokerage commissions, are generally higher than with transactions in United States securities. In addition, each Fund will incur cost in connection with conversions between various currencies. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of exchanges, financial institutions and issuers in foreign countries than there are in the United States. These risks may be intensified in the case of investments in developing or emerging markets. Finally, in the event of a default on any such foreign debt obligations, it may be more difficult for a Fund to obtain or to enforce a judgment against the issuers of such securities.

47

A developing country generally is considered to be a country that is in the initial stages of its industrialization cycle. Investing in the equity and fixed-income markets of developing countries involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability, than those of developed countries. Historical experience indicates that the markets of developing countries have been more volatile than the markets of the more mature economies of developed countries; however, such markets often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

Forward Commitments. The Funds may purchase or sell securities on a “when-issued” or “delayed delivery” basis (“Forward Commitments” or “Firm Commitment Agreements”). These transactions occur when securities are purchased or sold by a Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future, frequently a month or more after such transactions. The price is fixed on the date of the commitment, and the seller continues to accrue interest on the securities covered by the Forward Commitment until delivery and payment take place. At the time of settlement, the market value of the securities may be more or less than the purchase or sale price.

Each Fund maintains in a segregated account (which is marked to market daily) with the Fund’s custodian either the security covered by the Forward Commitment or appropriate securities as required by the 1940 Act (which may have maturities which are longer than the term of the Forward Commitment) in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of its commitment as long as the obligation to sell continues. By entering into a Forward Commitment sale transaction, the Fund forgoes or reduces the potential for both gain and loss in the security which is being hedged by the Forward Commitment sale.

A Fund may either settle a Forward Commitment by taking delivery of the securities or may either resell or repurchase a Forward Commitment on or before the settlement date, in which event the Fund may reinvest the proceeds in another Forward Commitment. A Fund’s use of Forward Commitments may increase its overall investment exposure and thus its potential for gain or loss. When engaging in Forward Commitments, the Fund relies on the other party to complete the transaction; should the other party fail to do so, the Fund might lose a purchase or sale opportunity that could be more advantageous than alternative opportunities at the time of the failure.

Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with broker/dealers or domestic banks. The Trustees will review on a continuing basis those institutions which enter into a repurchase agreement with the Funds. A repurchase agreement is a short-term investment in which the purchaser (i.e., a Fund) acquires ownership of a debt security and the seller agrees to repurchase the obligation at a future time and set price, usually not more than seven days from the date of purchase, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Repurchase agreements are collateralized by the underlying debt securities and may be considered to be loans under the 1940 Act. The Funds will make payment for such securities only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer to the account of a custodian or bank acting as agent. The seller under a repurchase agreement is required to maintain the value of the underlying securities marked to market daily at not less than the repurchase price. The underlying securities (normally securities of the U.S. Government, or its agencies and instrumentalities), may have maturity dates exceeding one year. The Fund does not bear the risk of a decline in value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under its repurchase obligation. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a seller of a repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying securities and loss including: (a) possible decline in the value of the underlying security while the Fund seeks to enforce its rights thereto, (b) possible lack of access to income on the underlying security during this period, and (c) expenses of enforcing its rights.

For the purpose of investing in repurchase agreements, the subadviser may aggregate the cash that certain Funds advised or subadvised by the manager or its affiliates would otherwise invest separately into a joint account. The cash in the joint account is then invested in repurchase agreements and the Funds that contributed to the joint account share pro rata in the net revenue generated. The subadviser believes that the joint account produces efficiencies and economies of scale that may contribute to reduced transaction costs, higher returns, higher quality investments and greater diversity of investments for a Fund than would be available to a Fund

48

investing separately. The manner in which the joint account is managed is subject to conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order authorizing this practice, which conditions are designed to ensure the fair administration of the joint account and to protect the amounts in that account.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, each Fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Securities that are collateral for repurchase agreements are financial assets subject to the Fund’s entitlement orders through its securities account at its custodian bank until the agreements mature. Each joint repurchase agreement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Each Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with broker/dealers and other financial institutions. Such agreements involve the sale of portfolio securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payments and are considered to be borrowings by the Fund and are subject to the borrowing limitations set forth under “Investment Restrictions.” The securities purchased with the funds obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally, the effect of such a transaction is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases it will be able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are only advantageous if the Fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from the transaction than the interest cost of obtaining that cash.

Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when the subadviser believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund’s custodian bank will maintain a separate account for the Fund with securities having a value equal to or greater than such commitments.

Short Sales Against the Box. Each Fund may from time to time make short sales of securities it owns or has the right to acquire through conversion or exchange of other securities it owns. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Fund contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain at no added cost securities identical to those sold short. In a short sale, a Fund does not immediately deliver the securities sold and does not receive the proceeds from the sale. The Fund is said to have a short position in the securities sold until it delivers the securities sold, at which time it receives the proceeds of the sale. Each Fund may not make short sales or maintain a short position if to do so would cause more than 25% of its total assets, taken at market value, to be held as collateral for such sales.

To secure its obligation to deliver the securities sold short, a Fund will deposit in escrow in a separate account with its custodian an equal amount of the securities sold short or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such securities. The Fund may close out a short position by purchasing and delivering an equal amount of the securities sold short, rather than by delivering securities already held by the Fund, because the Fund may want to continue to receive interest and dividend payments on securities in its portfolio that are convertible into the securities sold short.

Borrowing. The funds may borrow in certain circumstances. As discussed under “Investment Policies,” below, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings.

49

The SEC takes the position that transactions that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of a fund or are economically equivalent to borrowing, including, among others, engaging in mortgage dollar rolls, can be viewed as constituting a form of borrowing and therefore senior securities of the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. Such a transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance of a “senior security” by a fund and will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above, if the fund establishes a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it maintains cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of the transaction, or uses other methods permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder, to “cover” the transaction.

Borrowing and other transactions used for leverage may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow or engage in such transactions. This is because leverage tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Leverage thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay such obligations, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with engaging in leverage, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period.

Leverage (Government Securities Fund). The Fund may borrow from banks, on a secured or unsecured basis, up to 25% of the value of its assets. If the Fund borrows and uses the proceeds to make additional investments, income and appreciation from such investments will improve its performance if they exceed the associated borrowing costs but impair its performance if they are less than such borrowing costs. To the extent the income or other gain derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceed the interest or dividends the Fund will have to pay in respect thereof, the Fund’s net income or other gain will be greater than if leverage had not been used. Conversely, if the income or other gain from the incremental assets is not sufficient to cover the cost of leverage, the net income or other gain of the Fund will be less than if leverage had not been used. If the amount of income from the incremental securities is insufficient to cover the cost of borrowing, securities might have to be liquidated to obtain required funds. Depending on market or other conditions, such liquidations could be disadvantageous to the Fund.

The Fund is required to maintain continuous asset coverage of 300% with respect to such borrowings, and to sell (within three days) sufficient portfolio holdings to restore such coverage, if it should decline to less than 300% due to market fluctuations or otherwise, even if disadvantageous from an investment standpoint. Leveraging will exaggerate the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of portfolio securities on the Fund’s net asset value, and money borrowed will be subject to interest costs (which may include commitment fees and/or the cost of maintaining minimum average balances) which may or may not exceed the interest and option premiums received from the securities purchased with borrowed funds.

Lending Portfolio Securities. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, each Fund has the ability to lend securities from its portfolio to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations. A Fund will not lend its portfolio securities to Legg Mason or its affiliates unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. Loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. Government securities in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the loaned securities.

In lending its securities, a Fund can increase its income by continuing to receive interest on the loaned securities as well as by either investing the cash collateral in short-term instruments or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. government securities are used as collateral. Requirements of the SEC, which may be subject to further modifications, currently provide that the following conditions must be met whenever a Fund’s portfolio securities are loaned: (a) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities loaned rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as an amount equal to dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities

50

may pass to the borrower; provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the Fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk. From time to time, a Fund may return to the borrower and/or a third party, which is unaffiliated with the Fund, Legg Mason, of which the manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary, or CGMI, one of the Fund’s distributors, and which is acting as a “finder,” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Payments received by a Fund in lieu of any dividends paid on the loaned securities will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the Fund’s dividends received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Credit Quality. In the event that a security is rated by different agencies and receives different ratings from these agencies, the Fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an agency. Credit rating criteria is applied at the time the Fund purchases a security and the fund may choose not to sell securities that are downgraded below investment grade after their purchases. The Fund’s credit standards also apply to counterparties to over-the-counter derivatives contracts. The subadviser in its reasonable judgment will determine what rating to assign to unrated securities.

Temporary Investments. Each Fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments and short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations. If the Fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objectives.

Other Investments. In addition to the foregoing, the Fund may investment in instruments that exist or that may develop in the future if the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, believe such instruments to be commensurate with appropriate risk assumption and pursuit of the Fund’s investment objectives.

51

ADDITIONAL RISK FACTORS

General. Investors should realize that risk of loss is inherent in the ownership of any securities and that each Fund’s net asset value will fluctuate, reflecting fluctuations in the market value of its portfolio positions.

Fixed-Income Securities. Investments in fixed-income securities may subject the Funds to risks, including the following.

When interest rates decline, the market value of fixed-income securities tends to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, the market value of fixed-income securities tends to decline. The volatility of a security’s market value will differ depending upon the security’s duration, the issuer and the type of instrument.

Investments in fixed-income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing a Fund to sustain losses on such investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments.

Fixed-income securities may be subject to both call risk and extension risk. Call risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation earlier than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned earlier than expected. This typically results when interest rates have declined, and a Fund will suffer from having to reinvest in lower yielding securities. Extension risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation later than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned later than expected. This typically results when interest rates have increased, and a Fund will suffer from the inability to invest in higher yielding securities.

If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by a Fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by a Fund, the Fund’s portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case the Fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Lower Rated and Below Investment Grade Fixed-Income Securities. Securities which are rated BBB by the Standard & Poor’s Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Baa by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) are generally regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, but may have some speculative characteristics. Securities rated below Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P have speculative characteristics, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities, market price volatility based upon interest rate sensitivity, questionable creditworthiness and relative liquidity of the secondary trading market. Because high yield bonds have been found to be more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments and less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments, an economic downturn could disrupt the market for high yield bonds and adversely affect the value of outstanding bonds and the ability of issuers to repay principal and interest. In addition, in a declining interest rate market, issuers of high yield bonds may exercise redemption or call provisions, which may force a Fund, to the extent it owns such securities, to replace those securities with lower yielding securities. This could result in a decreased return.

Subsequent to its purchase by a Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the Fund. In addition, it is possible that Moody’s, S&P and other rating agencies might not timely change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events.

Foreign Securities. Investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. Such risks include fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, future political and economic developments, and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign

52

governmental laws or restrictions. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates will, to the extent a Fund does not adequately hedge against such fluctuations, affect the value of securities in its portfolio and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments so far as U.S. investors are concerned. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there is the possibility of expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments which could adversely affect investments in those countries.

There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or as uniform as those of U.S. companies. Foreign securities markets, while growing in volume, have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Transaction costs on foreign securities markets are generally higher than in the U.S. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers than there is in the U.S. A Fund might have greater difficulty taking appropriate legal action in foreign courts. Dividend and interest income from foreign securities will generally be subject to withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located and may not be recoverable by the Fund or the investors. Capital gains are also subject to taxation in some foreign countries.

Currency Risks. The U.S. dollar value of securities denominated in a foreign currency will vary with changes in currency exchange rates, which can be volatile. Accordingly, changes in the value of the currency in which a Fund’s investments are denominated relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the Fund’s net asset value. Exchange rates are generally affected by the forces of supply and demand in the international currency markets, the relative merits of investing in different countries and the intervention or failure to intervene of U.S. or foreign governments and central banks. However, currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors intrinsic to a country’s economy. Some emerging market countries also may have managed currencies, which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, emerging markets are subject to the risk of restrictions upon the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Any devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar in the currencies in which a Fund’s securities are quoted would reduce the Fund’s net asset value per share.

Securities of Emerging Market Countries. An emerging market country shall mean any country, which at the time of investment, is represented in the JP Morgan EMBI Global Index or is categorized by the World Bank in its annual categorization as middle- or low-income. The JP Morgan EMBI Global Index country and regional composition currently includes 27 countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, South Korea, Russia, Venezuela, Philippines, Poland, Malaysia, Panama, Bulgaria, Nigeria, China, Ecuador, Peru, Colombia, Morocco, Greece, Turkey, Hungary, Croatia, Lebanon, South Africa, Algeria, Thailand, Chile and Cote d’Ivoire. The World Bank’s list of countries categorized as low- or middle-income includes a total of 152 counties in its index, including the 27 countries included in the JP Morgan EMBI Global Index. Investing in the equity and fixed-income markets of developing countries involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability, than those of developed countries. Historical experience indicates that the market of developing countries have been more volatile than the markets of the more mature economies of developed countries; however, such markets often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

One or more of the risks discussed above could affect adversely the economy of a emerging market or a Fund’s investments in such a market. In Eastern Europe, for example, upon the accession to power of Communist regimes in the past, the governments of a number of Eastern European countries expropriated a large amount of property. The claims of many property owners may remain unsettled. There can be no assurance that any investments that a Fund might make in such emerging markets would not be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated at some time in the future. In such an event, the Fund could lose its entire investment in the market involved. Moreover, changes in the leadership or policies of such markets could halt the expansion or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring in certain of these markets and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

53

Many of a Fund’s investments in the securities of emerging markets may be unrated or rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) are the equivalent of high yield, high risk bonds, commonly known as “junk bonds.” Such securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse business, financial, economic, or political conditions.

Derivative Instruments. In accordance with its investment policies, each Fund may invest in certain derivative instruments which are securities or contracts that provide for payments based on or “derived” from the performance of an underlying asset, index or other economic benchmark. Essentially, a derivative instrument is a financial arrangement or a contract between two parties. Transactions in derivative instruments can be, but are not necessarily, riskier than investments in conventional stocks, bonds and money market instruments. A derivative instrument is more accurately viewed as a way of reallocating risk among different parties or substituting one type of risk for another. Every investment by a Fund, including an investment in conventional securities, reflects an implicit prediction about future changes in the value of that investment. Every Fund investment also involves a risk that the portfolio manager’s expectations will be wrong. Transactions in derivative instruments often enable a Fund to take investment positions that more precisely reflect the portfolio manager’s expectations concerning the future performance of the various investments available to the Fund. Derivative instruments can be a legitimate and often cost-effective method of accomplishing the same investment goals as could be achieved through other investment in conventional securities.

Derivative contracts include options, Futures Contracts, forward contracts, forward commitment and when-issued securities transactions, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate, mortgage and currency swaps.

Each derivative instrument purchased for a Fund’s portfolio is reviewed and analyzed by the Fund’s portfolio managers to assess the risk and reward of such instrument in relation to the Fund’s portfolio investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the Fund and its shareholders.

Credit risk: The issuer of the instrument may default on its obligation to pay interest and principal.

Recent market events. The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage-and asset-backed and other fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the Funds.

Other Risks. In the event of a shortage of the underlying securities deliverable on exercise of an option, the Options Clearing Corporation has the authority to permit other, generally comparable, securities to be delivered in fulfillment of option exercise obligations. If the Options Clearing Corporation exercises its discretionary authority to allow such other securities to be delivered, it may also adjust the exercise prices of the affected options by setting different prices at which otherwise ineligible securities may be delivered. As an alternative to permitting such substitute deliveries, the Options Clearing Corporation may impose special exercise settlement procedures.

54

The hours of trading for options on U.S. Government securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets.

Options are traded on exchanges on only a limited number of U.S. Government securities, and exchange regulations limit the maximum number of options which may be written or purchased by a single investor or a group of investors acting in concert. The Trust and other clients advised by affiliates of CGMI may be deemed to constitute a group for these purposes. In light of these limits, the Board may determine at any time to restrict or terminate the public offering of the Fund’s shares (including through exchanges from the other Funds).

Exchange markets in options on U.S. Government securities are a relatively new and untested concept. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such options, and there can be no assurance that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributors or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end for funds other than money market funds, and 25 calendar days following month-end with respect to money market funds. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end, except in the case of a money market fund’s holdings, which may be released with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after month end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to a Legg Mason or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

55

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed income funds), performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s board of trustees.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s board of trustees.

Currently, the Funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the Funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
State Street Bank & Trust Co. (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)	Daily	None
Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy voting services)	As necessary	None
Bloomberg	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Lipper	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
S&P	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Morningstar	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End

56

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
Vestek	Daily	None
Factset	Daily	None
The Bank of New York	Daily	None
Thomson	Semi-annually	None
Dataware	Daily	None
ITG	Daily	None

Portfolio holdings information for a Fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
Baseline	Daily	None
Frank Russell	Monthly	1 Day
Callan	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Mercer	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
eVestment Alliance	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
CRA RogersCasey	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Cambridge Associates	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Marco Consulting	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Wilshire	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Informa Investment Services     (Efron)	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
CheckFree (Mobius)	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Nelsons Information	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Investor Tools	Daily	None
Advent	Daily	None
BARRA	Daily	None
Plexus	Quarterly     (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Elkins/McSherry	Quarterly     (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Quantitative Services Group	Daily	None
AMBAC	Daily	None
Deutsche Bank	Monthly	6-8 business days
Fitch	Monthly	6-8 business days
Liberty Hampshire	Weekly and Month End	None
Sun Trust	Weekly and Month End	None
New England Pension Consultants	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Evaluation Associates	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Watson Wyatt	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
S&P (Rating Agency)	Weekly Tuesday Night*	1 business day*
Moody’s (Rating Agency)	Monthly*	6-8 business days*
Electra Information Systems	Daily	None
SunGard	Daily	None

* For a money market fund, the frequency of the release of information to this recipient may be weekly and there may be no delay in the release of the information.

57

INVESTMENT POLICIES

Each Fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies of a Fund may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a Fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the Fund are present in person or represented by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the Fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not be considered a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund’s revised fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The Fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The Fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The Fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The Fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the Fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the Fund’s investments will be concentrated in one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of a fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to

58

be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, a fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently Investment Grade Bond Fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if it does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the Funds to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Funds from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Funds may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when a fund’s manager or subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. A fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Funds from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies,

59

because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Funds from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

Each Fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

60

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the Funds, the Funds may not:

1. Invest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs.

2. Make investments in securities for the purpose of exercising control over or management of the issuer.

3. Purchase any securities on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities) or sell any securities short (except “against the box”). For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment by the Fund of underlying securities and other assets in escrow and collateral agreements with respect to initial or maintenance margin in connection with Futures Contracts and related options and options on securities, indices or similar items is not considered to be the purchase of a security on margin.

4. Purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

Diversification

Each Fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that a Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, a Fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the Funds cannot change their classifications from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the Funds. When purchasing shares of a Fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, FI, R or I* shares. The Government Securities Fund’s Class 1 Shares are closed to all new purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors who owned Class 1 shares on July 27, 2007 are permitted to continue to maintain their Class 1 shares, but are no longer be permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions). Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly through the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see each Fund’s Prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member,

* As of November 20, 2006, Class Y Shares were renamed Class I Shares.

61

and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. Each Fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Share certificates for the fund will not be issued. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by a Fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the Fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, a distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers that meet the applicable minimum on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s Fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer may be charged a fee by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from a Fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See each Fund’s Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge, as described in each Fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in each Fund’s Prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of a Fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of a Fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares. Class B and C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions.”

Class FI, R and 1 Shares. Class FI, R and 1 shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

62

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with a Fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of Fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with a Fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the Fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in a Fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup;

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege—Please see each Fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent—helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of 5 Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

(1) $100,000	(4) $750,000
(2) $250,000	(5) $1,000,000
(3) $500,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less

63

any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, Inc. are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Purchase made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the Letter of Intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Goal Asset Level and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, contact PFPC, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter of Intent. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with a Fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

64

Cancellation of Letter. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, by notifying PFPC in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter of Intent (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter of Intent before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, PFPC, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the Fund’s Prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time in such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners funds. For federal

65

income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The Funds’ distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 ¹/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 ¹/ 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of a Fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of a Fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

As of November 20, 2006, the contingent deferred sales charge is waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of a Fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the a distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”), to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason Partners Fund are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares of Investment Grade Bond Fund may be purchased by plans investing less than $3 million. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason Partners Funds equal at least $3,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of Investment Grade Bond Fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

66

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of Investment Grade Bond Fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of Investment Grade Bond Fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

Each Fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of a Fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A and 1 shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, B and C shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of Class A and Class 1 shares of the Funds based on the net asset value of a share of the applicable Fund as of December 31, 2007.

Government Securities Fund Class A (based on a net asset value of $9.58 and a maximum initial sales charge of 4.25%)	$	10.01
Class 1 (based on a net asset value of $9.59 and a maximum initial sales charge of 6.75%)	$	10.28
Investment Grade Bond Fund Class A (based on a net asset value of $11.74 and a maximum initial sales charge of 4.25%)	$	12.26

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets a Fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the Fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of a Fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to PFPC together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

67

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten (10) days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The Funds no longer issue share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither Fund nor any of its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. Each Fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). Each Fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectuses. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in a Fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in a Fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in a Fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between Funds or classes of a Fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of a Fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, a Fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of such Fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of Fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the Fund’s Prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

68

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of each Fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class will differ. Please see the Prospectuses for a description of the procedures used by each Fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributors reserve the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, FI, R and 1 Exchanges. Class A, FI, R and 1 shareholders of a Fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of a Fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the Fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of a Fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the Fund that have been exchanged.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, a Fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the Fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See each Fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt

69

of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the Fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold Fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Funds or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Funds. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Funds and Their Investments

Each Fund will be treated as a separate taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Each Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company or “RIC” under the Code. To so qualify, a Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. Government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

A Fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in that Fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., generally, the taxable income of the regulated investment company other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. Each Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

70

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on each Fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by a Fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. Each Fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Fund’s distributions, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends will be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if a Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If a Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

On December 31, 2007, the unused capital loss carryforwards of Government Securities Fund were $44,811,763. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the Fund, if any, that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryforwards. The carryforwards expire on December 31 of the year indicated:

Year of Expiration	Amount
12/31/2008	$	(16,358,450	)
12/31/2010	$	(777,138	)
12/31/2011	$	(420,494	)
12/31/2012	$	(3,973,198	)
12/31/2013	$	(9,167,305	)
12/31/2014	$	(12,232,572	)
12/31/2015	$	(1,882,606	)
	$	(44,811,763	)

On December 31, 2007, the unused capital loss carryforwards of Investment Grade Bond Fund were $16,152,630. These carryforwards will expire on December 31 of the year indicated:

Year of Expiration	Amount
12/31/2014	$	(13,489,887	)
12/31/2015	$	(2,662,743	)
	$	(16,152,630	)

Government Securities Fund may invest in zero coupon securities having an original issue discount (that is, the discount represented by the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the issue price). Each year,

71

each Fund will be required to accrue as income a portion of this original issue discount even though the Fund will receive no cash payment of interest with respect to these securities. In addition, if the Fund acquires a security after its initial issuance at a discount that resulted from fluctuations in prevailing interest rates (“market discount”), the Fund may elect to include in income each year a portion of this market discount. Therefore, a Fund may be required in some years to distribute an amount greater than the total cash income the Fund actually receives. In order to make the required distribution in such a year, a Fund may be required to borrow cash or to liquidate securities.

A Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), if any, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by a Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to a Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause a Fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, a Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a Fund as a regulated investment company.

A Fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market, and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s taxable income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” or part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the Fund.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when a Fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the Fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by a Fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the Fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the Fund for more than one year. In general, a Fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year).

72

A Fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the Fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the Fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. A Fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by a Fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The Funds do not expect to be eligible to elect to treat any foreign taxes they pay as paid by their respective shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits or deductions for such taxes on their own tax returns. Foreign taxes paid by a Fund will reduce the return from its investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time a Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If a Fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”) and does not make certain elections, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If a Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, the applicable Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make this election, the Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, a Fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, a Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The Fund

73

may have to distribute such excess income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax at the Fund level, the applicable Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

Each Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the calendar year in which it was declared and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such date.

Each Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if a Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that a Fund designates as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund.

Special rules apply, however, to certain dividends paid to individuals. Certain dividends, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividends satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the dividends paid by a Fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the Fund; or (ii) the portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the Fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by a Fund from

74

U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the Fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by a Fund from a real estate investment trust or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such real estate investment trust or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat Fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Dividends paid by a Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the Fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the Fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares of a Fund just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the Fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the Fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Under current law, the Funds serve to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute “debt-financed property” in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by a Fund from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders such excess inclusion income might (1) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset against net

75

operating losses for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause a Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are Fund shareholders.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by a Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss, if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the Fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a Fund and disposes of those shares within 90 days, and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. A Fund may be required to apply backup withholding at the rate of 28% on taxable dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liabilities. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.”

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of a Fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the Fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Taxation

Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation. Certain states exempt dividends from mutual funds

76

primarily invested in U.S. Government securities from state income taxes. Consult your own tax adviser for restrictions and details.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by each Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with any applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Funds.

Special rules apply to foreign persons who receive distributions from a Fund that are attributable to gain from “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”). The Code defines USRPIs to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and any interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in domestic corporations that are “U.S. real property holding corporations” during a certain time period. The Code defines a U.S. real property holding corporation as any corporation if the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the total fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside of the U.S., and any other of its assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this purpose, an interest in a foreign corporation may be a USRPI. The Fund does not expect to be a U.S. real property holding corporation. If the Fund were to be classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation (or if it would be so classified, were it not for certain exceptions), then certain distributions by the Fund to foreign shareholders would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, and foreign shareholders might be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns to report distributions received from the Fund.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the Funds and their shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust. The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the state of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the Funds were redomiciled as series of the trust. Prior to the date hereof, the Funds were series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the Funds as series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, the Funds were series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Funds, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

The Funds are series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

77

Shareholder Voting. The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The Funds are not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but each Fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration. The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares. Each Fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. Each Fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the Fund with identification required by law, or if the Fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings. The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to their Fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the Funds may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts. The declaration provides that the Funds may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the Funds to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses

78

and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of a Fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the Fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability. The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of their Fund and requires the Funds to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the Funds will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the board or of a committee of the board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions. The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the Funds or the shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on a Fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the Fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected Fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the Fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

79

The declaration further provides that the Funds shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that a Fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the Funds be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

Each Fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the Fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the Fund’s printing and mailing costs, each Fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, each Fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM, which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested, including Legg Mason Partners Short Duration Municipal Income Fund, and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against Citigroup Asset Management, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc., SBFM and CGMI as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Fund was not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

80

The Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. On December 3, 2007, the Court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed against the Defendant Funds in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund and CGMI, a former distributor of the funds, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above- described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Fund boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

81

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses. The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was later entered. An appeal has been filed and is pending before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

***

As previously disclosed, on September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”) that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its current manager.

***

On or about May 30, 2006, John Halebian, a purported shareholder of Citi New York Tax Free Reserves, a series of Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, formerly a series of CitiFunds Trust III (the “Subject Trust”), filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the independent trustees of the Subject Trust (Elliot J. Berv, Donald M. Carlton, A. Benton Cocanougher, Mark T. Finn, Stephen Randolph Gross, Diana R. Harrington, Susan B. Kerley, Alan G. Merten and R. Richardson Pettit). The Subject Trust is also named in the complaint as a nominal defendant.

The complaint alleges both derivative claims on behalf of the Subject Trust and class claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholders of the Subject Trust in connection with the 2005 sale of Citigroup’s asset management business to Legg Mason and the related approval of new investment advisory agreements by the trustees and shareholders. In the derivative claim, the plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the independent trustees breached their fiduciary duty to the Subject Trust and its shareholders by failing to negotiate lower fees or seek competing bids from other qualified investment advisers in connection with Citigroup’s sale to Legg Mason. In the claims brought on behalf of the putative class of shareholders, the plaintiff alleges that the independent trustees violated the proxy solicitation requirements of the 1940 Act, and breached their fiduciary duty to shareholders, by virtue of the voting procedures, including “echo voting,” used to obtain approval of the new investment advisory agreements and statements made in a proxy statement regarding those voting procedures. The plaintiff alleges that the proxy statement was misleading because it failed to disclose that the

82

voting procedures violated the 1940 Act. The relief sought includes an award of damages, rescission of the advisory agreement, and an award of costs and attorney fees.

In advance of filing the complaint, Mr. Halebian’s lawyers made written demand for relief on the board of the Subject Trust, and the board’s independent trustees formed a demand review committee to investigate the matters raised in the demand, and subsequently in the complaint, and recommend a course of action to the board. The committee, after a thorough review, has determined that the independent trustees did not breach their fiduciary duties as alleged by Mr. Halebian, and that the action demanded by Mr. Halebian would not be in the best interests of the Subject Trust. The board of the Subject Trust (the trustee who is an “interested person” of the Subject Trust, within the meaning of the 1940 Act, having recused himself from the matter), after receiving and considering the committee’s report and based upon the findings of the committee, subsequently also has so determined and, adopting the recommendation of the committee, has directed counsel to move to dismiss Mr. Halebian’s complaint. A motion to dismiss was filed on October 23, 2006. Opposition papers were filed on or about December 7, 2006. The complaint was dismissed on July 31, 2007. Mr. Halebian filed an appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The appeal is pending.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of each Fund (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the annual report to shareholders), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (Filed on March 6, 2008; Accession Number for Government Securities Fund 0001193125-08-048664 and Accession Number for Investment Grade Bond Fund 0001193125-08-048638).

83

APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa—Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa—Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

A-1

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa—Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa—Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A—Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa—Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Ba—Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B—Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Caa—Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca—Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C—Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—”MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

A-2

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

A-3

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA—An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A—An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C—Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB—An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC—An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C—A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

A-4

D—An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

A-5

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

—Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

—Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1—Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2—Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3—Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1—Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2—Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3—Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-6

B-1—A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2—A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3—A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C—A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D—A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

A-7

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1—This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2—Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3—Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B—Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C—This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D—Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short- term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

A-8

Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA—Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA—Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A—High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB—Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB—Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B—Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC—For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC—For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C—For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

A-9

RD—Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D—Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1—Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2—Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3—Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B—Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C—High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D—Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

A-10

Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

A-11

APPENDIX B

Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policy

Background

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

Policy

As a fixed-income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

At account start-up, or upon amendment of an IMA, the applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients

B-1

(or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

B-2

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

3. Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate

B-3

governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

B-4

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers—i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound

B-5

corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

B-6

Filed under Rule 497(c)
File Nos. 2-96408
811-04254

April 28, 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

LEGG MASON PARTNERS SHORT-TERM INVESTMENT GRADE BOND FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is intended to be read with the current Prospectus of Legg Mason Partners Short-Term Investment Grade Bond Fund (the “Fund”), dated April 28, 2008, as amended and/or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the Fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The Fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly fixed-income-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Any information contained in this SAI prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the Fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the Fund’s investments is available in the Fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. These reports contain financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The Fund’s prospectus and copies of these reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the Fund’s distributor to sell shares of the Fund (each called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the Fund at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the Fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page
Investment Objectives And Management Policies	2
Portfolio Transactions	18
Disclosure Of Portfolio Holdings	20
Investment Policies	22
Management	26
Dividends And Distributions	38
Taxes	38
Purchase And Redemption Of Shares	45
Redemption Of Shares	50
Valuation Of Shares	52
Exchange Privilege	52
Investment Management And Other Services	53
Portfolio Manager Disclosure	57
Additional Information About The Fund	62
Financial Statements	69
Appendix A Description Of Ratings	A-1
Appendix B Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policy	B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a Prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective Prospectus.

1

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The Fund’s Prospectus describes its investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the Fund’s investment policies in its Prospectus.

Investment Objective

The Fund’s objective is to seek current income, preservation of capital and liquidity.

The Fund’s investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions the Fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus any borrowings for investment purposes, in “investment grade” fixed-income securities and in related investments. These are securities rated at the time of purchase by a nationally recognized statistical ratings organization (“NSRO”) within one of the top four categories, or, if unrated, judged by the subadviser to be of comparable credit quality. Securities in which the Fund invests include corporate debt securities, bank obligations, mortgage- and asset-backed securities and securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and instrumentalities. Securities rated in the lowest category of investment grade (BBB or Baa) are deemed to have speculative characteristics. The Fund may also invest in U.S. dollar denominated fixed-income securities of foreign issuers. The Fund normally maintains a dollar-weighted average portfolio maturity of not more than three years.

Additional Information

The principal investment strategies of the Fund are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the Fund.

The Fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment.

Fixed Income Securities

Credit Quality. The Fund may invest in investment grade bonds, i.e., U.S. government securities or bonds rated, at the time of purchase, in the four highest ratings categories by an NRSRO, such as those rated Aaa, Aa, A and Baa by Moody’s or AAA, AA, A and BBB by S&P. Obligations rated in the lowest of the top four rating categories (such as Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P) may have speculative characteristics and changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments, including a greater possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuer, than is the case with higher grade bonds. In the event that a security is rated by different agencies and receives different ratings from these agencies, the Fund will treat the security as being rated in the highest rating category received from an agency. Credit rating criteria is applied at the time the Fund purchases a security and the fund may choose not to sell securities that are downgraded below investment grade after their purchases. The Fund’s credit standards also apply to counterparties to over-the-counter derivatives contracts. The subadviser in its reasonable judgment will determine what rating to assign to unrated securities. In addition, it is possible that Moody’s, S&P and other NRSROs might not timely change their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events will require the sale of the securities by the Fund, although the subadviser will consider these events in determining whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.

If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the Fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by a Fund, the Fund’s portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case the

2

Fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

U.S. Government Securities. Securities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or one of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”) in which the fund may invest include debt obligations of varying maturities issued by the United States Treasury or issued or guaranteed by an agency or instrumentality of the United States government, including the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, the Small Business Administration, the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Farm Credit Banks, Federal Home Loan Banks, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”), Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”), Maritime Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, District of Columbia Armory Board, Student Loan Marketing Association and Resolution Trust Company. Direct obligations of the United States Treasury include bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and bonds which differ in their interest rates, maturities and dates of issuance. These instruments are direct obligations of the United States government and, as such, are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Because the United States government is not obligated by law to provide support to an instrumentality that it sponsors, the fund will not invest in obligations issued by an instrumentality of the United States government unless the subadviser determines that the instrumentality’s credit risk does not make its securities unsuitable for investment by the fund.

GNMA Securities. GNMA Certificates are debt securities issued by a mortgage banker or other mortgagee representing an interest in a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or the Farmers Home Administration or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration. The National Housing Act provides that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA of amounts due on these GNMA Certificates. Scheduled payments of principal and interest are made each month to holders of GNMA Certificates (such as a fund). Unscheduled prepayments of mortgages are passed through to holders of GNMA Certificates at par with the regular monthly payments of principal and interest, which have the effect of reducing future payments on such Certificates and either increasing or decreasing the yield realized by the fund, depending on the cost of the underlying Certificate and its market value at the time of prepayment. The income portions of monthly payments received by the Fund will be included in its net investment income. The average life of GNMA Certificates varies with the maturities of the underlying mortgages (with maximum maturities of 30 years) but is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools underlying the securities as the result of prepayments, refinancing of such mortgages or foreclosure.

GNMA Certificates have historically involved no credit risk; however, due to fluctuations in interest rates, the market value of such securities will vary during the period of a shareholder’s investment in the Fund. Prepayments and scheduled payments of principal will be reinvested by the Fund in then available GNMA Certificates which may bear interest at a rate lower or higher than the Certificate from which the payment was received. As with other debt securities, the price of GNMA Certificates is likely to decrease in times of rising interest rates; however, in periods of falling interest rates, the potential for prepayment may reduce the general upward price increase of GNMA Certificates that might otherwise occur. If the Fund buys GNMA Certificates at a premium, mortgage foreclosures or prepayments may result in a loss to the Fund of up to the amount of the premium paid, since only timely payment of principal and interest is guaranteed.

Zero Coupon Bonds. The Fund may invest in zero-coupon debt securities, which may be subject to greater volatility than other types of debt securities. Because zero-coupon securities do not make interest payments, such securities may fall more dramatically when interest rates rise than securities paying out interest on a current basis. However, when interest rates fall, zero-coupon securities may rise more rapidly in value because the securities have locked-in a particular rate of reinvestment that becomes more attractive the further rates fall.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities are either issued by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities or, if privately issued, collateralized by mortgages that are insured, guaranteed or otherwise

3

backed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. These agencies and instrumentalities include GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC. Privately-issued mortgage securities are typically issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the above institutions.

Mortgage-backed securities represent participation interests in pools of adjustable and fixed rate mortgage loans. Unlike conventional debt obligations, mortgage-backed securities provide monthly payments derived from the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans.

The mortgage loans underlying mortgage-backed securities are generally subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest rate environment and to a lesser rate of principal prepayments in an increasing interest rate environment. Faster or slower than expected prepayments may reduce the value of mortgage-backed securities in the Fund. Therefore, under certain interest and prepayment rate scenarios, the Fund may fail to recover the full amount of its investment in mortgage-backed securities, notwithstanding any direct or indirect governmental or agency guarantee.

Since faster than expected prepayments must usually be invested in lower yielding securities, mortgage-backed securities are less effective than conventional bonds at “locking in” a specified interest rate. Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, a declining prepayment rate will extend the average life of many mortgage-backed securities. This possibility is often referred to as extension risk. Extending the average life of a mortgage-backed security increases the risk of depreciation due to future increases in market interest rates.

The Fund’s investments in mortgage-backed securities may include conventional mortgage pass-through securities, stripped mortgage-backed securities (SMBS) and certain classes of multiple class collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). Examples of SMBS include interest only and principal only securities. Senior CMO classes will typically have priority over residual CMO classes as to the receipt of principal and/or interest payments on the underlying mortgages.

The CMO classes in which the Fund may invest include sequential and parallel pay CMOs, including planned amortization class (PAC) and target amortization class (TAC) securities. The Fund may also invest in the floating rate mortgage-backed securities listed under “Structured Mortgage-Backed Securities.”

Structured Mortgage-Backed Securities. The Fund may invest in structured mortgage-backed securities. The interest rate or, in some cases, the principal payable at the maturity of a structured security may change positively or inversely in relation to one or more interest rates, financial indices or other financial indicators (“reference prices”). A structured security may be leveraged to the extent that the magnitude of any change in the interest rate or principal payable on a structured security is a multiple of the change in the reference price. Thus, structured securities may decline in value due to adverse market changes in reference prices.

The structured securities purchased by the Fund may include interest only (IO) and principal only (PO) securities, floating rate securities linked to the Cost of Funds Index (COFI floaters), other “lagging rate” floating rate securities, floating rate securities that are subject to a maximum interest rate (“capped floaters”), leveraged floating rate securities (“super floaters”), leveraged inverse floating rate securities (“inverse floaters”), leveraged or super IOs and POs, inverse IOs, dual index floaters and range floaters.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. The Fund may invest in mortgage dollar roll transactions. A mortgage dollar roll transaction is a transaction where the Fund sells a mortgage related security and simultaneously agrees to repurchase, at a future date, another mortgage related security with the same interest rate and maturity date, but generally backed by a different pool of mortgages. The benefits from these transactions depend on the subadviser’s ability to forecast mortgage prepayment patterns on different mortgage pools. The Fund may lose money if the securities to be repurchased decline in value before the date of repurchase.

4

Risks of Mortgage-Backed Securities. Many mortgage-backed and structured securities are considered to be derivative instruments. Different types of derivative securities are subject to different combinations of prepayment, extension, interest rate and/or other market risks. Conventional mortgage pass-through securities and sequential pay CMOs are subject to all of these risks, but are typically not leveraged. PACs, TACs and other senior classes of sequential and parallel pay CMOs involve less exposure to prepayment, extension and interest rate risk than other mortgage-backed securities, provided that prepayment rates remain within expected prepayment ranges or “collars.”

The risk of early prepayments is the primary risk associated with mortgage IOs, super floaters and other leveraged floating rate mortgage-backed securities. The primary risks associated with COFI floaters, other “lagging rate” floaters, capped floaters, inverse floaters, POs and leveraged inverse IOs are the potential extension of average life and/or depreciation due to rising interest rates. The residual classes of CMOs are subject to both prepayment and extension risk.

Other types of floating rate derivative debt securities present more complex types of interest rate risks. For example, range floaters are subject to the risk that the coupon will be reduced to below market rates if a designated interest rate floats outside of a specified interest rate band or collar. Dual index or yield curve floaters are subject to depreciation in the event of an unfavorable change in the spread between two designated interest rates.

In addition to the interest rate, prepayment and extension risks described above, the risks associated with transactions in these securities may include: (1) leverage and volatility risk and (2) liquidity and valuation risk. Derivative securities may sometimes increase or leverage the Fund exposure to a particular market risk. Leverage enhances the price volatility of derivative securities held by the Fund.

Some derivative securities are not readily marketable or may become illiquid under adverse market conditions. For thinly traded derivative securities, the only source of price quotations may be the selling dealer.

Equity Securities

Common Stock. Common stock is an interest in a company, limited liability company, or similar entity that entitles the holder to a share in the profits of the company, in the form of dividends, and the proceeds from a sale or liquidation of the company. The interests of common shareholders are the most junior in a corporate structure. This means that in the event of the bankruptcy of the company, its creditors and any holders of a preferred class of equity securities are paid before the common stockholders are entitled to receive anything. However, any assets of the company exceeding the amount owed to creditors or preferred shareholders are shared pro-rata among the common stockholders. Common stockholders normally have voting control of the company and are entitled to vote on the election of directors and certain fundamental corporate actions.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stocks are equity securities, but they have many characteristics of fixed income securities. Their similarities to fixed income securities generally cause preferred stocks to trade more like debt instruments than common stocks. Thus, the value of preferred stocks reflects the credit risk of the company and the dividend yield on the preferred stocks compared to prevailing interest rates. Preferred stock is entitled to receive dividends before any dividend is paid to the holders of common stock. The dividend may be at a fixed or variable dividend payment rate, may be payable on fixed dates or at times determined by the company and may be payable in cash, additional shares of preferred stock or other securities.

Many preferred stocks are redeemable at the option of the company after a certain date. Holders of preferred stock are also entitled to receive a payment upon the sale or liquidation of a company before any payment is made to the company’s common stockholders. However, preferred stock is an equity security and, therefore, is junior in priority of payment in the event of a bankruptcy to the company’s creditors, including holders of the company’s debt securities. This junior ranking to creditors makes preferred stock riskier in some respects than fixed income securities.

5

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are preferred stocks or fixed-income securities that are convertible at the option of the holder, or in some circumstances at the option of the issuing company, at a stated exchange rate or formula into the company’s common stock or other equity securities. At the time a company sells the convertible securities, the conversion price is normally higher than the market price of the common stock. Convertible securities rank senior to common stocks in an issuer’s capital structure and consequently may be of higher quality and entail less risk than the issuer’s common stock.

A holder of convertible securities will generally receive interest or dividends at a rate lower than comparable debt securities, but the holder has the potential for additional gain if the market value of the common stock exceeds the conversion price. When the market price of the common stock is below the conversion price, convertible securities tend to trade like fixed-income securities. If the market price of the common stock is higher than the conversion price, convertible securities tend to trade like the common stock.

Warrants and Stock Purchase Rights. Warrants and stock purchase rights are securities permitting, but not obligating, their holder to purchase other securities, normally the issuer’s common stock. Stock purchase rights are frequently issued as a dividend to a company’s stockholders and represent the right to purchase a fixed number of shares at a fixed or formula price. The price may reflect a discount to the market price. Warrants are generally sold by a company or issuer together with fixed-income securities and represent the right to a fixed number of shares of common stock or other securities at a fixed or formula price. The exercise price is normally higher than the market price at the time the company sells the warrant.

Warrants and stock purchase rights do not carry with them the right to receive dividends on or to vote the securities that they entitle their holders to purchase. They also do not entitle the holder to share in the assets of the company in a liquidation. The rights to purchase common stock or other securities conferred by a warrant or stock purchase right can only be exercised on specific dates or for a specific period. Trading in these instruments is affected both by the relationship of the exercise price to the current market price of the common stock or other securities and also by the period remaining until the right or warrant expires. An investment in warrants and stock purchase rights may be considered more speculative than other types of equity investments. A warrant or stock purchase right expires worthless if it is not exercised on or prior to its expiration date.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). REITs are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest most of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest most of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income primarily from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund.

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its fund mortgages to prepay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of the REITs’ managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flow to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with that industry.

REITs (especially mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in

6

adjustable rate mortgage loans, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of these investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500.

Derivative Instruments-Options, Futures and Other Strategies

General. The Fund may invest in certain options, futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, indexed securities and other derivative instruments (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) to, among other things, attempt to hedge its investments or attempt to enhance its return or yield through non-hedging strategies. Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, this SAI or by applicable law, the Fund may purchase and sell any type of Financial Instrument.

The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. In addition, the Fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of one or more investments held in the Fund’s portfolio. Thus, in a short hedge the Fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the Fund intends to acquire. Thus, in a long hedge, the Fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the Fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to the portfolio security that the Fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the Fund intends to acquire. If the Fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security it anticipated purchasing, the effect on the Fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the Fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indices, in contrast, generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the Fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities generally are used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadviser expects to discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques. These new opportunities may become available as the subadviser develops new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadviser may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The Fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below, and may result in losses to the Fund. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of

7

the Fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the Fund. The Fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders.

Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadviser’s ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. The prices of derivatives may move in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal market conditions. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed, and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to reduce risk or increase return.

The Fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the Fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the Fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the Fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

The Fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the Fund.

Certain Risks Associated with Hedging Strategies. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indices will depend on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities or other assets being hedged.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded Financial Instruments, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the Fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. The Fund may invest in Financial Instruments based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the position in Financial Instruments will not track the performance of the Fund’s other investments.

Prices of Financial Instruments can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the Fund’s portfolio investments well. Prices of Financial Instruments are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the markets for Financial Instruments and the securities markets, from structural differences in how Financial Instruments and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. The Fund may purchase or sell Financial Instruments with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the Fund’s positions in Financial Instruments are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

8

If successful, the above-discussed strategies can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the Fund entered into a short hedge because its subadviser projected a decline in the price of a security in the Fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the Fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the Fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

Cover. Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchased options, expose the Fund to an obligation to another party. The Fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, segregate on its books cash or liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. The Fund may cover such transactions using other methods currently or as may be permitted in the future under the 1940 Act or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by the Fund.

Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the Fund’s assets to cover in accounts could impede portfolio management or the Fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options. A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

The Fund may purchase call options for any purpose. For example, a call option may be purchased by the Fund as a long hedge. Call options also may be used as a means of participating in an anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited risk basis than would be possible if the security itself were purchased. In the event of a decline in the price of the underlying security, use of this strategy would serve to limit the Fund’s potential loss to the option premium paid; conversely, if the market price of the underlying security increases above the exercise price and the Fund either sells or exercises the option, any profit realized would be reduced by the premium.

The Fund may purchase put options for any purpose. For example, a put option may be purchased by the Fund as a short hedge. The put option enables the Fund to sell the underlying security at the predetermined exercise price; thus the potential for loss to the Fund below the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any profit the Fund realizes on the sale of the security would be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Writing put or call options can enable the Fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, the Fund may also suffer a loss as a result of writing options. For example, if the market price of the security underlying a put option declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, the Fund would suffer a loss.

Writing call options can serve as a limited short hedge, because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the Fund will be obligated to sell the security or currency at less than its market value. If the call option is an over the counter (“OTC”) option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

9

Writing put options can serve as a limited long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the Fund will be obligated to purchase the security or currency at more than its market value. If the put option is an OTC option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment and general market conditions.

The Fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, the Fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, the Fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the Fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

A type of put that the Fund may purchase is an “optional delivery standby commitment,” which is entered into by parties selling debt securities to the Fund. An optional delivery standby commitment gives the Fund the right to sell the security back to the seller on specified terms. This right is provided as an inducement to purchase the security.

Risks of Options on Securities. Options may result in the Fund’s net asset value being more sensitive to changes in the value of the related instrument. The Fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the Fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the Fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the Fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

The Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. There can be no assurance that the Fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration, if at all.

If the Fund were unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, due to the absence of a secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the Fund could cause material losses because the Fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options have varying expiration dates. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying security or other instrument. Options purchased by the Fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the Fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

10

Options on Indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities or futures contracts except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When the Fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When the Fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When the Fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the Fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the Fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When the Fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the Fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Risks of Options on Indices. The risks of investment in options on indices may be greater than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, when the Fund writes a call on an index it cannot provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The Fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, the Fund cannot, as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities as underlie the index and, as a result, bears a risk that the value of the securities held will vary from the value of the index.

Even if the Fund could assemble a portfolio that exactly reproduced the composition of the underlying index, it still would not be fully covered from a risk standpoint because of the “timing risk” inherent in writing index options. When an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled to receive is determined by the difference between the exercise price and the closing index level on the date when the option is exercised. As with other kinds of options, the Fund as the call writer will not learn that the Fund has been assigned until the next business day at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice of assignment poses no risk for the writer of a covered call on a specific underlying security, such as common stock, because there the writer’s obligation is to deliver the underlying security, not to pay its value as of a fixed time in the past. So long as the writer already owns the underlying security, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and the risk that its value may have declined since the exercise date is borne by the exercising holder. In contrast, even if the writer of an index call holds securities that exactly match the composition of the underlying index, it will not be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those securities against payment of the exercise price. Instead, it will be required to pay cash in an amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date. By the time it learns that it has been assigned, the index may have declined, with a corresponding decline in the value of its portfolio. This “timing risk” is an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their risk exposure by holding securities positions.

If the Fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

OTC Options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows the Fund great flexibility to tailor the option to its needs, OTC options generally involve greater risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are considered illiquid by the SEC.

11

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. The Fund may invest in single security futures contracts to the extent permitted by applicable law. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option. The purchase of futures or call options on futures can serve as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options on futures can serve as a short hedge. Writing call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for writing call options on securities or indices. Similarly, writing put options on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge. Futures contracts and options on futures contracts can also be purchased and sold to attempt to enhance income or yield. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may also write call and put options on futures contracts that are not covered.

In addition, futures strategies can be used to manage the average duration of the Fund’s fixed-income portfolio. If the subadviser wishes to shorten the average duration of the Fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the Fund may sell a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If the subadviser wishes to lengthen the average duration of the Fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the Fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

Futures contracts may also be used for non-hedging purposes, such as to simulate full investment in underlying securities while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in a security, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying security or index.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the Fund is required to deposit “initial margin.” Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the Fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the Fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the Fund’s obligations to or from a futures broker. When the Fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the Fund when the use of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the value of the securities or currencies being hedged. In contrast, when the Fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If the Fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or currencies, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same currency or underlying security and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a loss. The Fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or

12

board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

The Fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures market), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of general interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market trends by the subadviser may still not result in a successful transaction. Of course, the subadviser may be incorrect in its expectations as to the extent of various interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market movements or the time span within which the movements take place.

Index Futures. The risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of index futures and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge increases as the composition of the Fund’s portfolio diverges from the securities included in the applicable index. The price of the index futures may move more than or less than the price of the securities being hedged. If the price of the index futures moves less than the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, the Fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the futures contract. If the price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the securities, the Fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the futures contract that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the securities being hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, the Fund may buy or sell index futures in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the prices of the securities included in the index. It is also possible that, where the Fund has sold index futures contracts to hedge against decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the securities held in the Fund may decline. If this occurred, the Fund would lose money on the futures contract and

13

also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities. However, while this could occur for a very brief period or to a very small degree, over time the value of a diversified portfolio of securities will tend to move in the same direction as the market indices on which the futures contracts are based.

Where index futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before the Fund is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the Fund then concludes not to invest in them at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, it will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities it had anticipated purchasing.

To the extent such instruments are permitted by applicable law and the Fund’s investment policies, the Fund may invest in security futures. Such investments are expected to be subject to risks similar to those of index future investing.

Combined Positions. The Fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with other Financial Instruments, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. For example, the Fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Turnover. The Fund’s options and futures activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commission payments. The exercise of calls or puts written by the Fund, and the sale or purchase of futures contracts, may cause it to sell or purchase related investments, thus increasing its turnover rate. Once the Fund has received an exercise notice on an option it has written, it cannot effect a closing transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver or receive the underlying securities at the exercise price. The exercise of puts purchased by the Fund may also cause the sale of related investments, also increasing turnover; although such exercise is within the Fund’s control, holding a protective put might cause it to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. The Fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or purchases or sells a futures contract. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars. The Fund may enter into swaps, caps, floors and collars to preserve a return or a spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to attempt to enhance yield. A swap involves the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements, including caps, floors and collars, can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the Fund’s investments and its share price and yield because, and to the extent, these agreements affect the Fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, mortgage-backed security values, corporate borrowing rates or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the Fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

14

If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency.

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap which may be significantly larger than the Fund’s cost to enter into the credit default swap.

The Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis, depending on whether a threshold amount (if any) is exceeded, and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value approximately equal to the accrued excess will be maintained as collateral. The Fund will also maintain collateral with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis, and will maintain collateral as required by SEC guidelines from time to time with respect to caps and floors written by the Fund

Flexibility. Generally, the foregoing is not intended to limit the Fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the Fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what the Fund may do are not intended to limit other any activity. The Fund maintain the flexibility to use Financial Instruments for any purpose consistent with applicable law and any express limitations in the SAI or the Prospectus.

Other Transactions, Policies and Risks

Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase Agreements. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, wherein the seller agrees to repurchase a security from the Fund at an agreed-upon future date, normally the next business day. The resale price is greater than the purchase price, which reflects the agreed-upon rate of return for the period the Fund holds the security and which is not related to the coupon rate on the purchased security. The Fund requires continual maintenance of the market value of the collateral in amounts at least equal to the resale price; thus risk is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon amount on the delivery date. If the seller defaults, however, realization upon the collateral by the Fund may be delayed or limited or the Fund might incur a loss if the value of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement declines and might incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the collateral. The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with broker/dealers or other financial institutions that are deemed creditworthy by the subadviser under guidelines approved by the Fund’s Board. It is the policy of the Fund not to invest in repurchase agreements that do not mature within seven days if any such investment and any other illiquid assets held by the Fund amount to more than 15% of the Fund’s total assets.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of the Fund’s securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Since the

15

proceeds of borrowings under reverse repurchase agreements are invested, this would introduce the speculative factor known as “leverage.” The securities purchased with the funds obtained from the agreement and securities collateralizing the agreement will have maturity dates no later than the repayment date. Generally the effect of such a transaction is that the Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the Fund’s securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases it will be able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the Fund has an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the cash derived from the transaction than the interest cost of obtaining that cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when the subadviser believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund’s custodian bank will maintain a separate account for the Fund with securities having a value equal to or greater than such commitments.

Pursuant to an exemption order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), the Fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the subadvisers, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities as collateral. Securities used as collateral for repurchase agreements are financial assets subject to the Fund’s entitlement orders through its securities account at its custodian bank until the agreements mature. Each joint repurchase agreement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Securities Lending. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the Fund may seek to increase its net investment income by lending its securities, provided such loans are callable at any time and are continuously secured by cash or U.S. government securities equal to or no less than the market value, determined daily, of the securities loaned. The Fund will receive amounts equal to dividends or interest on the securities loaned. It will also earn income for having made the loan because cash collateral pursuant to these loans will be invested in short-term money market instruments. In connection with lending of securities the Fund may pay reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees. Where voting or consent rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, management will follow the policy of calling the loan, in whole or in part as may be appropriate, to permit the exercise of such voting or consent rights if the issues involved have a material effect on the Fund’s investment in the securities loaned. Apart from lending its securities and acquiring debt securities of a type customarily purchased by financial institutions, the Fund will not make loans to other persons. The risks in lending Fund securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. Loans will only be made to borrowers whom the subadviser deems to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the interest to be earned from such loans would justify the risk from time to time. The Fund may return to the borrower and/or a third party, which is unaffiliated with the Fund or the subadviser and is acting as a “finder,” a part of the interest earned from the investment of collateral received for securities loaned. Generally, the borrower will be required to make payments to the Fund in lieu of any dividends the Fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower. Any such payments, however, will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the Fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “TAXES”).

Short-Term Trading. The Fund may, to a limited degree, engage in short-term trading to attempt to take advantage of short-term market variations, or may dispose of a Fund security prior to its maturity if the subadviser believes such disposition is advisable or that the Fund needs to generate cash to satisfy redemptions. As the portfolio turnover rate increases, so will the Fund’s dealer mark-ups and other transaction-related expenses. Investors should realize that risk of loss is inherent in the ownership of any securities and that shares of the Fund will fluctuate with the market value of its securities.

16

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Investments. The Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis. Such transactions arise when securities are purchased or sold by the Fund with payment and delivery taking place in the future in order to secure what is considered to be an advantageous price and yield to the Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. Purchasing such securities involves the risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to settlement date. The sale of securities for delayed delivery involves the risk that the prices available in the market on the delivery date may be greater than those obtained in the sale transaction. The Fund’s custodian will maintain, in a segregated account on behalf of the Fund, cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities that have a value equal to or greater than the Fund’s purchase commitments; the custodian will likewise segregate securities sold on a delayed basis.

Temporary Investments. Under unusual economic or market conditions as determined by its subadviser, the Fund may depart from its investment goals and invest without limitation in all types of money market instruments and short-term debt securities, including U.S. government securities; certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; investment grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements. To the extent the Fund is investing in short-term investments as a temporary defensive strategy, the Fund’s investment objective may not be achieved.

Restricted and Illiquid Securities. The Fund may purchase securities that are not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) or that are subject to other restrictions on their resale (“restricted securities”). These securities may be resold only in privately negotiated transactions and may not be publicly offered and sold until they are registered under the 1933 Act. Restricted securities tend to sell at a lower price than would be available if they were not restricted. Although it may be possible to eliminate restrictions on resale by registering securities under the 1933 Act, this would involve extra costs to the Fund and the possibility that the securities might go down in value before the Fund was able to sell them. Restricted securities can also be difficult to value accurately.

Restricted securities are subject to the Fund’s investment restriction on illiquid investments, unless they are commercial paper offered in accordance with section 4(2) of the 1933 Act or securities eligible for resale in reliance on rule 144A under the 1933 Act. Section 4(2) commercial paper and rule 144A securities will not be subject to the Fund’s investment restriction on illiquid investments if the subadviser determines, in accordance with policies and procedures adopted by the Board, that these securities are in fact liquid. These policies and procedures require the subadviser to consider, among other things, (1) the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, (2) the number of dealers willing to sell the security, (3) the number of potential purchasers, (4) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, (5) the nature of the security and (6) the time needed to dispose of the security. To the extent that liquid section 4(2) commercial paper or rule 144A securities held by the Fund become temporarily illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

Any security that was liquid when acquired by the Fund may later become illiquid, especially during adverse market conditions for that type of security. A perceived loss of liquidity may further reduce the value of securities in declining markets. The Fund may be forced to sell less liquid securities at a substantial loss if it receives a high volume of redemption requests.

The Fund may invest in Yankee obligations, including Yankee obligations of foreign banks. Yankee obligations are dollar denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign issuers. Yankee obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a foreign government might prevent dollar-denominated funds from flowing across its borders. Other risks include: adverse political and economic developments in a foreign country; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

17

Recent market events. The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage-and asset-backed and other fixed income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the Fund.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to such policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the Fund’s subadviser is primarily responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions.

Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market, but the price of those securities includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Over-the-counter purchases and sales are transacted directly with principal market makers except where it is believed that better prices and executions may be obtained elsewhere. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down.

Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the Fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected that also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the Fund and/or the other accounts over which a subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the Fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which it exercises investment discretion. The subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the Fund’s costs, the subadviser does not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

18

Research services furnished to the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the Fund may be used by the subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the subadviser manages may be used by the subadviser in servicing the Fund. Not all of these research services are used by the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the Fund. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, the Fund paid no commissions to brokers.

The Fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). The Fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 promulgated under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the Fund under the 1940 Act. For the period December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006, the Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates. For the fiscal year end December 31, 2007 the Fund paid $4,540 in brokerage commissions.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the Fund did not purchase securities issued by regular broker/dealers of the Fund.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the Fund as well as for one or more of the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the Fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for a Fund and for other funds managed by an adviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the Fund’s turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of the Fund’s portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the Fund (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the portfolio turnover rates were as follows:

2006		2007
124	%*	81	%*

* Excluding mortgage dollar roll transactions. If mortgage dollar roll transactions had been included, the portfolio turnover rate would have been 270% and 372% for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, respectively.

19

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the Fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributors or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end for funds other than money market funds, and 25 calendar days following month-end with respect to money market funds. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end, except in the case of a money market fund’s holdings, which may be released with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after month end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to LMPFA or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed income funds), performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio

20

holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s board of trustees.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s board of trustees.

Currently, the Funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the Funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
State Street Bank & Trust Co. (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)	Daily	None
Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy voting services)	As necessary	None
Bloomberg	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Lipper	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
S&P	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Morningstar	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Vestek	Daily	None
Factset	Daily	None
The Bank of New York	Daily	None
Thomson	Semi-annually	None
Dataware	Daily	None
ITG	Daily	None

21

Portfolio holdings information for a Fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

Recipient	Frequency	Delay Before Dissemination
Baseline	Daily	None
Frank Russell	Monthly	1 Day
Callan	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Mercer	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
eVestment Alliance	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
CRA RogersCasey	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Cambridge Associates	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Marco Consulting	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Wilshire	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Informa Investment Services (Efron)	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
CheckFree (Mobius)	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Nelsons Information	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Investor Tools	Daily	None
Advent	Daily	None
BARRA	Daily	None
Plexus	Quarterly (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Elkins/McSherry	Quarterly (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Quantitative Services Group	Daily	None
AMBAC	Daily	None
Deutsche Bank	Monthly	6-8 business days
Fitch	Monthly	6-8 business days
Liberty Hampshire	Weekly and Month End	None
Sun Trust	Weekly and Month End	None
New England Pension Consultants	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Evaluation Associates	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
Watson Wyatt	Quarterly	25 Days after Quarter End
S&P (Rating Agency)	Weekly Tuesday Night*	1 business day*
Moody’s (Rating Agency)	Monthly*	6-8 business days*
Electra Information Systems	Daily	None
SunGard	Daily	None

* For a money market fund, the frequency of the release of information to this recipient may be weekly and there may be no delay in the release of the information.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The Fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a Fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the Fund are present in person or represented by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the Fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

22

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund’s revised fundamental policies are as follows:

1. The Fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The Fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The Fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The Fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, as amended, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as otherwise permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the Fund may make any investment if, as a result, the Fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the Fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the Fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in

23

fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when a fund’s manager or subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. A fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

24

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The Fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the Fund, the Fund may not:

1. Purchase any securities on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities) or sell any securities short (except “against the box”). For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment by the Fund of underlying securities and other assets in escrow and collateral agreements with respect to initial or maintenance margin in connection with futures contracts and related options and options on securities, indexes or similar items is not considered to be the purchase of a security on margin;

2. Invest in securities of another investment company except as permitted by Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act or as part of a merger, consolidation, or acquisition; or

3. Purchase or otherwise acquire any security if, as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

25

Diversification

The Fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the Fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the Fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the Fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The Trustees, including the Trustees of the Fund who are not “interested persons” of the Fund (the “Independent Trustees”), as defined in the 1940 Act, and executive officers of the Fund, their years of birth, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019.

The following information relates to the Trust’s current Board of Trustees:

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Elliott J. Berv Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	President and Chief Executive Officer, Catalyst (consulting) (since 1984); Chief Executive Officer, Rocket City Enterprises (media) (2000 to 2005)	68	Board Member, American Identity Corp. (doing business as Morpheus Technologies) (biometric information management) (since 2001); Director, Lapoint Industries (industrial filter company) (since 2002); Director, Alzheimer’s Association (New England Chapter) (since 1998)

26

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
A. Benton Cocanougher Born 1938	Trustee	Since 1991	Dean Emeritus and Professor, Texas A&M University (since 2004); former Interim Chancellor, Texas A&M University System (2003 to 2004); former Special Advisor to the President, Texas A&M University (2002 to 2003); former Dean and Professor of Marketing, College and Graduate School of Business of Texas A&M University (1987 to 2001)	68	None
Jane F. Dasher Born 1949	Trustee	Since 1999	Chief Financial Officer, Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company)	68	None

27

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Mark T. Finn Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	Adjunct Professor, College of William & Mary (since 2002); Principal/Member, Balvan Partners (investment management) (since 2002); Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Owner, Vantage Consulting Group, Inc. (investment management) (since 1988); formerly, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, Lindner Asset Management Company (mutual fund company) (1999 to 2001); formerly, General Partner and Shareholder, Greenwich Ventures LLC (investment partnership) (1996 to 2001)	68	None
Rainer Greeven Born 1936	Trustee	Since 1994	Attorney, Rainer Greeven PC; President and Director, 62nd Street East Corporation (real estate) (since 2002)	68	None

28

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Stephen Randolph Gross Born 1947	Trustee	Since 1986	Chairman, HLB Gross Collins, P.C. (accounting and consulting firm) (since 1979); Treasurer, Coventry Limited, Inc. (Senior Living Facilities) (since 1985); formerly, Managing Director, Fountainhead Ventures, L.L.C. (technology accelerator) (1998 to 2003); formerly, Treasurer, Hank Aaron Enterprises (fast food franchise) (1985 to 2001); formerly, Partner, Capital Investment Advisory Partners (leverage buyout consulting) (2000 to 2002); formerly, Secretary, Carint N.A. (manufacturing) (1998 to 2002)	68	Director, Andersen Calhoun (assisted living) (since 1987); formerly, Director, United Telesis, Inc. (telecommunications) (1997 to 2002); formerly, Director, ebank Financial Services, Inc. (1997 to 2004)
Richard E. Hanson, Jr. Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1985	Retired; formerly, Headmaster, The New Atlanta Jewish Community High School, Atlanta, Georgia (1996 to 2000)	68	None
Diana R. Harrington Born 1940	Trustee	Since 1992	Professor, Babson College (since 1992)	68	None
Susan M. Heilbron Born 1945	Trustee	Since 1994	Independent Consultant (since 2001); formerly, Owner, Lacey & Heilbron (communications consulting) (1993 to 2001)	68	None

29

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Susan B. Kerley Born 1951	Trustee	Since 1992	Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisers, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)	68	Chairman and Independent Board Member of Eclipse Fund, Inc. and Eclipse Funds (which trade as Mainstay Funds) (currently supervises 16 investment companies in the fund complex) (since 1991)
Alan G. Merten Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1990	President, George Mason University (since 1996)	68	Trustee, First Potomac Realty Trust (since 2005); Director, Xybernaut Corporation (information technology) (2004 to 2006); Director, Digital Net Holdings, Inc. (2003 to 2004); Director, Comshare, Inc. (information technology) (1985 to 2003); Director, BTG, Inc. (information systems) (1997 to 2001); Director, Cardinal Financial Corporation (since November 2006)
R. Richardson Pettit Born 1942	Trustee	Since 1990	Formerly, Duncan Professor of Finance, University of Houston (1977 to 2006)	68	None

30

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA† Born 1951	Trustee, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)	138	Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (2002 to 2006)

* Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

† Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

31

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
OFFICERS:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)
Ted P. Becker Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chief Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason, Inc. (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005). Prior to 2002, Managing Director-Internal Audit & Risk Review at Citigroup Inc.
John Chiota Born 1968 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

32

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Robert I. Frenkel Born 1954 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Secretary and Chief Legal Officer	Since 2003	Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel at Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).
Frances M. Guggino Born 1957 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer	Since 2004	Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Director at CAM (1992 to 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with CAM (1992 to 2005)
Thomas C. Mandia Born 1962 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Assistant Secretary	Since 2000	Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.
Jeanne M. Kelly Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Senior Vice President	Since 2007	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director—Global Fund Administration, Citigroup Asset Management (from 1996-2005)
David Castano Born 1971 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Treasurer of Lord Abbett mutual funds (2004 to 2006); Supervisor at UBS Global Asset Management (2003 to 2004). Prior to 2003, Accounting Manager at CAM.
Matthew Plastina Born 1970 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason or its predecessor (since 1999); Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (2002 to 2007)

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

33

Officers of the Fund receive no compensation from the Fund, although they may be reimbursed by the Fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has four standing Committees: the Audit Committee, Governance Committee, Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee) and Pricing Committee. Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees is composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the funds’ audit, the funds’ accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the funds, and the qualifications and independence of the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the funds by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the funds’ independent registered public accounting firm to the manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the funds’ operations and financial reporting.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

• whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

• whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

• whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

• whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

• the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the committee may consider relevant;

• the character and integrity of the person; and

• whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

34

The Performance Committee is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance. The Performance Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the funds’ investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the fixed-income-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on predecessors to the Boards of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met 17 times during the funds’ last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, four, four, and eight times during the funds’ last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the Fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities In Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee
Independent Trustees
Elliott J. Berv	None	None
A. Benton Cocanougher	None	Over $100,000
Jane F. Dasher	$1-$10,000	Over $100,000
Mark T. Finn	None	Over $100,000
Rainer Greeven	None	$10,001-$50,000
Stephen Randolph Gross	None	None
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	None	Over $100,000
Diana R. Harrington	None	$10,001-$50,000
Susan M. Heilbron	None	$10,001-$50,000
Susan B. Kerley	None	Over $100,000
Alan G. Merten	None	Over $100,000
R. Richardson Pettit	None	Over $100,000
Interested Trustee
R. Jay Gerken	None	Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2007, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the Fund, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the Fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the Fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the Fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The Fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The Fund currently pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $160,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, $2,500 for each Committee meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for certain telephonic Board and Committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chairs of the Audit Committee and Performance Committee will each receive an additional $15,000 per year.

35

Current Board

The current Trustees took office in April 2007. Information as to compensation paid to the current Trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown on the following table:

Name	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007		Total Pension or Retirement Benefits Paid as Part of Fund Expenses for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007			Total Compensation from Fund Complex Paid to Trustee for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007		Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee for Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007
Independent Trustees:
Elliott J. Berv	$	344		(1	)	$	506,630	68
A. Benton Cocanougher	$	385		(1	)	$	725,864	68
Jane F. Dasher	$	580	$	0		$	202,625	68
Mark T. Finn	$	344		(1	)	$	505,579	68
Rainer Greeven	$	344	$	0		$	188,500	68
Stephen Randolph Gross	$	367		(1	)	$	529.413	68
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	$	432	$	0		$	160,500	68
Diana R. Harrington	$	364		(1	)	$	556,295	68
Susan M. Heilbron	$	344	$	0		$	190,500	68
Susan B. Kerley	$	346		(1	)	$	417,484	68
Alan G. Merten	$	344		(1	)	$	604,757	68
R. Richardson Pettit	$	341		(1	)	$	620,476	68
Interested Trustee:
R. Jay Gerken(2)	$	0	$	0		$	0	137

⁽¹⁾ Pursuant to prior retirement plans, certain Trustees are entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex as follows: Mr. Berv: $307,130; Mr. Cocanougher: $503,114; Mr. Finn: $306,079; Mr. Gross: $318,788; Ms. Harrington: $348,670; Ms. Kerley: $217,984; Mr. Merten: $405,257; and Mr. Pettit: $424,976. A portion of these benefits that has been paid is included, on a pro rata basis, in the aggregate compensation paid by the Fund shown above. In addition, each fund formerly overseen by these Trustees has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of these benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

⁽²⁾ Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

Prior Board

Prior to April 2007, the Directors listed below served as the Board of Directors of the Fund. The following table shows the compensation paid to each former Director of the Fund during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 for service as a Director.

Name of Director	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07(2)
Independent Directors
Lee Abraham(1)	$	540
Jane Dasher	$	476
Donald R. Foley(1)	$	433
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	$	432
Paul Hardin(1)	$	2,605
Roderick C. Rasmussen(1)	$	340
John P. Toolan(1)	$	2,710

36

Name of Director	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund for Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07(2)
Interested Director
R. Jay Gerken(3)	$	0

⁽¹⁾ Pursuant to prior retirement plans, certain former Directors are entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex as follows: Lee Abraham: $362,500; Donald Foley: $299,813; Paul Hardin: $539,396; Roderick Rasmussen: $362,500; and John Toolan: $288,607. A portion of these benefits that has been paid is included, on a pro rata basis, in the aggregate compensation paid by the Fund shown above. In addition, each fund formerly overseen by these Directors has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of these benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

⁽²⁾ Pursuant to a prior retirement plan, Allan Bloostein received in a lump sum (calculated on a net present value basis), an aggregate benefit from the fund complex having a net present value equal to $439,878. Each fund no longer overseen by Mr. Bloostein has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Bloostein. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Bloostein.

⁽³⁾ Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his service as Director because of his affiliation with the manager.

None of the officers of the Trust received any compensation from the Trust during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

As of April 2, 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Fund as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

As of April 2, 2008, the following persons owned of record the amounts indicated of the shares of the following classes of the Fund:

Class	Shareholder	Percent Ownership
A	CitiStreet Retirment Trust Account CitiGroup Institutional Trust 400 Atrium Dr Somerset, NJ 08873-4172	51.2	%
B	John Rountree, Joanie Misley, Stephen Silk & Timothy Lien 27001 Country Club Circle El Macero, CA 95618-1048	7.5	%
	Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc Harborside Finanacial Center Plaza Two 2nd Floor Jersey City, New Jersey 07311	7.4	%
	Stephen H. Chanson CGM IRA Rollover Custodian 23 Halifax Dr Monroe Township, NJ 08831-1970	6.1	%
	Rita Glaser CGM IRA Rollover Custodian 2470 Tanglewood Road Decatur, GA 30033-2017	5.5	%
	Bernice Freeman 190 Amherst Avenue Colonia, NJ 07067-2518 Columbus, Ohio 43215-7512	5.1	%

37

Class	Shareholder	Percent Ownership
I	State of Colorado College Portfolio 6 Scholars Choice College Saving Prg 125 Broad St. New York, NY 10004-2400	33.4	%
	State of Colorado College Portfolio 7 Scholars Choice College Saving Prg 125 Broad St. New York, NY 10004-2400	24.7	%
	State of Colorado College Portfolio 4 Scholars Choice College Saving Prg 125 Broad St. New York, NY 10004-2400	22.1	%
	State of Colorado College Portfolio 5 Scholars Choice College Saving Prg 125 Broad St. New York, NY 10004-2400	18.2	%

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends and Distributions. The policy of the Fund is to declare and pay dividends monthly. Dividends from net realized capital gains, if any, will be distributed annually. The Fund may also pay additional dividends shortly before December 31 from certain amounts of undistributed ordinary income and capital gains in order to avoid a federal excise tax liability. If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, exempt-interest dividends and capital gain distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same class at net asset value, with no additional sales charge or deferred sales charge.

The per share amounts of the exempt-interest dividends on Class B and Class C shares may be lower than on Class A, Class I and Class R shares, mainly as a result of the distribution fees applicable to Class B and Class C shares. Similarly, the per share amounts of exempt-interest dividends on Class A shares may be lower than on Class I shares, as a result of the service fee attributable to Class A shares. Capital gain distributions, if any, will be the same across all classes of Fund shares (A, B, C, I and R).

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in a portfolio of the Fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

38

The Fund and its Investments

The Fund will be treated as a separate taxpayer for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company or “RIC” under the Code. To so qualify, the Fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) of any two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

The Fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the Fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., generally, the taxable income of the regulated investment company other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

On December 31, 2007, the unused capital loss carryforwards of the Fund were approximately as follows: $10,320,178. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, these amounts are available to be applied against future capital gains, if any, realized by the applicable fund prior to the expiration of the carryforwards. The carryforwards expire as follows:

December 31,
2008	2009	2010	2011	2012	2013	2014	2015
$800,922	—	—	—	$1,003,745	$1,462,683	$6,746,682	$306,146

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the Fund to the extent the Fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The Fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and

39

distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Fund’s distributions, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Such dividends will be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the Fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The Fund may invest in “zero coupon” securities having an original issue discount (that is, the discount represented by the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity over the issue price). Each year, the Fund will be required to accrue as income a portion of this original issue discount even though the Fund will receive no cash payment of interest with respect to these securities. In addition, if the Fund acquires a security after its initial issuance at a discount that resulted from fluctuations in prevailing interest rates (“market discount”), the Fund may elect to include in income each year a portion of this market discount. Therefore, the Fund may be required in some years to distribute an amount greater than the total cash income the Fund actually receives. In order to make the required distribution in such a year, the Fund may be required to borrow cash or to liquidate securities.

The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its fund (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a regulated investment company.

The Fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” or part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the Fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions,

40

while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The Fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market rules, constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the Fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the Fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The Fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the Fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The Fund does not expect to be eligible to elect to pass through foreign taxes to its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits or deductions for such taxes on their own tax returns for foreign taxes paid by the Fund. Foreign taxes paid by the Fund will reduce the return from its investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the Fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), and does not make certain elections, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing Fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the Fund, the Fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make this election, the Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the Fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously

41

recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the Fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The Fund may have to distribute such excess income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares.

The Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the calendar year in which it was declared and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such date.

The Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long- term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Dividends paid by the Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the Fund designates as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund.

Special rules apply, however, to certain dividends paid to individuals. Certain dividends, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividends satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the dividends paid by the Fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the Fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that

42

taxable year is attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the Fund; or (ii) the portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the Fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the Fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the Fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the Fund from a real estate investment trust or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such a real estate investment trust or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat Fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be a qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Dividends paid by the Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends received deduction for corporations.

Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital, to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in his shares of the Fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the Fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amounts.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them.

If the Fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the Fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A redemption of shares will be treated as a

43

sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the Fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The Fund may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding at the rate of 28% on taxable dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.”

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the Fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the Fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Taxes

Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with an applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not

44

apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund.

Special rules apply to foreign persons who receive distributions from the Fund that are attributable to gain from “U.S. real property interests” (“USRPIs”). The Code defines USRPIs to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and any interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in domestic corporations that are “U.S. real property holding corporations” during a certain time period. The Code defines a U.S. real property holding corporation as any corporation if the fair market value of its USRPIs equals or exceeds 50% of the total fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside of the U.S., and any other of its assets used or held for use in a trade or business. For this purpose, an interest in a foreign corporation may be a USRPI. The Fund does not expect to be a U.S. real property holding corporation. If the Fund were to be classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation (or if it would be so classified, were it not for certain exceptions), then certain distributions by the Fund to foreign shareholders would be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, and foreign shareholders might be required to file U.S. federal income tax returns to report distributions received from the Fund.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the Fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

Purchase of Shares

Detailed information about the purchase, redemption and exchange of Fund shares appears in the Prospectus.

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the Fund. When purchasing shares of the Fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, or R shares. Class B shares of the Fund can only be acquired by exchange with another Legg Mason Partners Fund. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. The Fund’s Class I Shares are closed to new investors. Investors who owned Class I shares on October 17, 2007 are permitted to continue to make additional investments in Class I shares. Accounts held directly with the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the Fund’s prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such

45

board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The Fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Share certificates for the fund will not be issued. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by the Fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the Fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the Fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, a distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers that meet the applicable minimum on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer may be charged a fee by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the Fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge, as described in the Fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the Prospectus and may be deemed to be an underwriter of the Fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of a fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

The maximum initial sales charge on Class A shares will increase for shares purchased on or after November 20, 2006. Purchases of Class A shares of $500,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 0.50% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B Shares. Class B shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions.”

Class C Shares. Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge and are not subject to contingent deferred sales charges.

46

Class R Shares. Class R shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the Fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of the Fund’s shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the Fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the Fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the Fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge. Changes to initial sales charge breakpoints are set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus.

Accumulation Privilege—Please see the Fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent—helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of three Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

(1) $100,000

(2) $250,000

(3) $500,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

47

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, Inc. are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

You may establish a date for a Letter of Intent that is up to ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date you enter into the Letter. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Asset Level Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, contact PFPC prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter of Intent. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the Fund’s

48

Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, by notifying PFPC in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter of Intent) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement, and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter of Intent before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, PFPC, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares and (b) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the Fund’s Prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales

49

charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners Funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The Fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% per month of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 ¹/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 ¹/2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the Fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the Fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The Fund offers shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the Fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A and B shares of the Fund.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the Fund based on the net asset value of a share of the Fund as of December 31, 2007.

Class A (based on a net asset value of $3.98 and a maximum initial sales charge of 2.25%) $ 4.07

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption of shares of the Fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the Fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the Fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the Fund’s shareholders.

50

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to PFPC together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds will normally be sent within 3 days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days. However, if you recently purchased your shares by check, your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to an additional 8 days to make certain your check has cleared. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The Fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither the Fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The Fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The Fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the Fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in Fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the Fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or classes of the Fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the Fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must

51

be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the Fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the Fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of Fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in Fund securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the Fund’s Prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the Fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class will differ. Please see the Fund’s Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the Fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributors reserve the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A and Class R Exchanges. Class A and Class R shareholders of the Fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of the Fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class B shares of the Fund, which may be acquired only through an exchange with another Legg Mason Partners Fund, are subject upon redemption to the highest contingent deferred sales charge (if any) of the shares from which the exchange or any preceding exchange was made.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the Fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged. Upon exchange for

52

Class C Shares of a Legg Mason-sponsored equity or long-term fixed-income fund, the investor will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of that fund and the contingent deferred sales charge will be measured from the date of exchange.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the Fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the Fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the Fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold Fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10019, also serves as the investment manager of certain other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $193 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the Fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the Fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the Fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the Fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the Fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the Fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the Fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting

53

securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. Each Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the Fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the Fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). Each Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the Fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For the period from December 1, 2005 through July 31, 2006, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) served as the Fund’s manager under the same fee schedule described above.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and for the period from January 1, 2006 to July 31, 2006, the Fund paid management fees to SBFM of $1,593,561 and $965,586*, respectively.

For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the Fund paid management fees to LMPFA of $719,177** and $1,580,624, respectively.

* Reflects a waiver of $11,572 of investment management fees.

** Reflects a waiver of $122 of investment management fees.

The management fee for the Fund is calculated at the annual rate of 0.45% of the Fund’s average daily net assets.

Subadviser

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) serves as the subadviser to the Fund pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement between the manager and Western Asset (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101. Western Asset acts as investment adviser to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2007, Western Asset’s total assets under management were approximately $457 billion. Western Asset is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will manage the Fund’s portfolio (or allocated portion thereof) in accordance with the Fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the Fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the Fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the Fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the Fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act) by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

54

As compensation for its sub-advisory services under each Sub-Advisory Agreement, the manager will pay the subadviser a fee for the Fund equal to 70% of the management fee paid by the Fund to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the manager paid the subadviser sub-advisory fees of $495,324. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid the subadviser sub-advisory fees of $1,106,436.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the Distribution Plan (as discussed below), the Fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the Fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the Fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the Fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the Fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the Fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the Fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the Fund, if any; and the Fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the Fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any nonrecurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the Fund is a party and the legal obligation which the Fund may have to indemnify the Fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares of the Fund, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in the Fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demands related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the Fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the Fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Codes of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, the Fund, the manager, subadviser and distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients.

55

All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

A copy of the code of ethics for the Fund, the manager, subadviser and distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager or subadviser, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager and/or the subadviser, believing that the manager and/or the subadviser should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision-making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the Fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the Fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the Fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the Fund as required for the Fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the Fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the Fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the Fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (“State Street”), serves as the custodian of the Fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the Fund; receives and delivers all assets for the Fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the Fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the Fund. The Custodian neither determines the Fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the Fund will buy or sell. For its services, the custodian receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The Fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the Fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as transfer agent. The transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the Fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the Fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the Fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the Fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

56

Counsel

Bingham McCutchen LLP, 150 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, serves as counsel to the Fund.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the Fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the Fund) for which he has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated.

Portfolio Manager(s)	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
S. Kenneth Leech*	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicle with $211 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $300 billion in total assets under management
Stephen A. Walsh*	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicle with $211 billion in assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $300 billion in total assets under management
James J. Flick**	5 registered investment companies with $816 million in total assets under management	13 other pooled investment vehicle with $5 billion in assets under management	86 other accounts with $37 billion in total assets under management
Andrea A. Mack	1 registered investment companies with $8 million in total assets under management	No other pooled investment vehicles	18 other accounts with $6 billion in total assets under management
Michael C. Buchanan	14 registered investment companies with $7 billion in total assets under management	7 other pooled investment vehicles with $5 billion in assets under management	12 other accounts with $816 million in total assets under management (with the advisory fee being based on performance for 1 of such accounts, which had approximately $90 million in total assets)

* 95 other accounts with assets of $32 billion have advisory fees based on performance of the accounts.

** 95 other accounts with assets of $32 billion had advisory fees based on performance of the accounts.

57

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Western Asset’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation “target” and a respective cap, which are derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan.

In addition, the subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. One of the principal factors considered is a portfolio manager’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and, with respect to the Fund, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s Prospectus to which the Fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the Fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation, with 3 years having the most emphasis. A subadviser may also measure a portfolio manager’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because portfolio managers are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the Fund) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account, though relative performance against the stated benchmark and its applicable Lipper peer group is also considered. A smaller portion of a bonus payment is derived from factors that include client service, business development, length of service to the subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These were determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the Fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the portfolio managers listed in the table above.

The manager, the subadviser and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager and the individuals that they employ. For example, the manager and the subadviser each seek to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the Fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

58

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or account that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the Fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he manages.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. The investment manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of Fund securities by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007.

Portfolio Manager	Dollar Range of Ownership of Securities
S. Kenneth Leech	None
Stephen A Walsh	None
James J. Flick	None
Andrea A. Mack	None
Michael C. Buchanan	None

59

Distributor

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the Fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005, as amended (the “distribution agreements”).

LMIS received no commissions on the sale of fund shares and no contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions of fund shares were paid to LMIS for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

Prior to December 1, 2007, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), an indirect subsidiary of Citigroup Inc., served as co-distributor of the Fund along with LMIS.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons, as defined in the 1940 Act, of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

Initial Sales Charges on Class A Shares

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the aggregate dollar amounts of commissions received by CGMI on sale of Class A shares were as follows:

Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/05		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/06		Fiscal Year Ended 12/31/07
$	23,000	$	100	$	970

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the contingent deferred sales charges paid to LMIS on redemptions of the Fund’s shares were as follows:

Class A Shares
2005	2006		2007
$13,000	$	0*	$19,800
Class B Shares
2005	2006		2007
$  7,000	$	6,000	$4,100

* Amount represents less than $1,000.

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

The Trust has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “Distribution Plan”) pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class C, and Class R shares of each Fund. Under the Distribution Plan, each Fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services LMIS

60

provides and expenses LMIS bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R shares and services LMIS provides to Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the Distribution Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. Under the Distribution Plan, each Fund may pay monthly fees at an annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class A shares, not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class B shares, not to exceed 0.75% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class C shares and not to exceed 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to that class in the case of Class R shares.

Fees under the Distribution Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of each Fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of each Fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. Each Fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of Fund shares and/or shareholder services provided; provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect to a particular class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA.

The Distribution Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B, Class C and Class R investors.

The Distribution Plan permits each Fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the Distribution Plan, the Funds will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. Each Fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the Distribution Plan or Distribution Agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the Fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the Distribution Plan for each Fund, the Trustees will review the Distribution Plan and the expenses for each class within the Fund separately.

The Distribution Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the Funds, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from each Fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the Funds’ distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of each Fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the Distribution Plan, if permitted by law.

Under its terms, the Distribution Plan continues in effect for one year and thereafter for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the Distribution Plan also must be approved by the Trustees, including all of the Independent Trustees, in the manner described above. The Distribution Plan may be terminated with respect to a class of each Fund at any time, without penalty, by vote of

61

a majority of the Independent Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of such class of the Fund (as defined in the 1940 Act).

As contemplated by the Distribution Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the Trust in connection with the offering of shares of the Fund pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the Fund pursuant to the Distribution Plan in effect during the periods indicated:

	Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2007	Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2006	Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2005
Class A	$148,184	$193,275	$221,430
Class B	$  20,363	$  29,326	$  38,273
Class C	$  59,184	$  80,188	$130,229
Class I	N/A	N/A	N/A

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, distribution expenses incurred by LMIS and CGMI for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, payments to their financial advisers or registered representatives and for accruals for interest on expenses incurred in the distribution of the Fund’s shares are set forth in the following tables:

LMIS

	Financial Advisor Expenses		Third Party Service Fees		Branch Operation Expenses		Marketing Distribution Expenses		Printing Expenses
Class A	$	0	$	58,755	$	0	$	0	N/A
Class B	$	5,995	$	2,298	$	0	$	0	N/A
Class C	$	281	$	14,562	$	0	$	2,762	N/A
Class I	$	0	$	0	$	0		N/A	N/A

CGMI

	Financial Advisor Expenses		Third Party Service Fees	Branch Operation Expenses		Marketing Distribution Expenses	Printing Expenses
Class A	$	41,893	N/A	$	62,565	N/A	N/A
Class B	$	1,749	N/A	$	2,684	N/A	N/A
Class C	$	17,966	N/A	$	26,132	N/A	N/A
Class I	$	0	N/A	$	0	N/A	N/A

Dealer reallowances are described in the Prospectus.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE FUND

The Trust.

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the Fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior to the date hereof, the Fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to the reorganization of the Fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, the Fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Funds, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

62

The Fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The Fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the Fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The Fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The Fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the Fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

63

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the Fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the Fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The declaration provides that the Fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the Fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the Fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the Fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the Fund and requires the Fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the Fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the board or of a committee of the board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

64

Derivative Actions.

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the Fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the Fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the Fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected Fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the Fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the Fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the Fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the Fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

The Fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the Fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the Fund’s printing and mailing costs, the Fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the Fund also consolidates the mailing of its Prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including SBFM, which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive

65

relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested, including Legg Mason Partners Short Duration Municipal Income Fund, and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against Citigroup Asset Management, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc., SBFM and CGMI as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Fund was not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

The Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. On December 3, 2007, the Court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed against the Defendant Funds in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund and CGMI, a former distributor of the funds, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the

66

Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Fund boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses. The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgment was later entered. An appeal has been filed and is pending before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

***

As previously disclosed, on September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”) that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain

67

closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its current manager.

***

On or about May 30, 2006, John Halebian, a purported shareholder of Citi New York Tax Free Reserves, a series of Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, formerly a series of CitiFunds Trust III (the “Subject Trust”), filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the independent trustees of the Subject Trust (Elliot J. Berv, Donald M. Carlton, A. Benton Cocanougher, Mark T. Finn, Stephen Randolph Gross, Diana R. Harrington, Susan B. Kerley, Alan G. Merten and R. Richardson Pettit). The Subject Trust is also named in the complaint as a nominal defendant.

The complaint alleges both derivative claims on behalf of the Subject Trust and class claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholders of the Subject Trust in connection with the 2005 sale of Citigroup’s asset management business to Legg Mason and the related approval of new investment advisory agreements by the trustees and shareholders. In the derivative claim, the plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the independent trustees breached their fiduciary duty to the Subject Trust and its shareholders by failing to negotiate lower fees or seek competing bids from other qualified investment advisers in connection with Citigroup’s sale to Legg Mason. In the claims brought on behalf of the putative class of shareholders, the plaintiff alleges that the independent trustees violated the proxy solicitation requirements of the 1940 Act, and breached their fiduciary duty to shareholders, by virtue of the voting procedures, including “echo voting,” used to obtain approval of the new investment advisory agreements and statements made in a proxy statement regarding those voting procedures. The plaintiff alleges that the proxy statement was misleading because it failed to disclose that the voting procedures violated the 1940 Act. The relief sought includes an award of damages, rescission of the advisory agreement, and an award of costs and attorney fees.

In advance of filing the complaint, Mr. Halebian’s lawyers made written demand for relief on the board of the Subject Trust, and the board’s independent trustees formed a demand review committee to investigate the matters raised in the demand, and subsequently in the complaint, and recommend a course of action to the board. The committee, after a thorough review, has determined that the independent trustees did not breach their fiduciary duties as alleged by Mr. Halebian, and that the action demanded by Mr. Halebian would not be in the best interests of the Subject Trust. The board of the Subject Trust (the trustee who is an “interested person” of the Subject Trust, within the meaning of the 1940 Act, having recused himself from the matter), after receiving and considering the committee’s report and based upon the findings of the committee, subsequently also has so determined and, adopting the recommendation of the committee, has directed counsel to move to dismiss Mr. Halebian’s complaint. A motion to dismiss was filed on October 23, 2006. Opposition papers were filed on or about December 7, 2006. The complaint was dismissed on July 31, 2007. Mr. Halebian filed an appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The appeal is pending.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

68

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the Fund (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the annual report to shareholders), are incorporated by reference into this SAI filed on March 6, 2008; Accession Number 0001193125-08-048789.

69

APPENDIX A

Description of Ratings

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa—Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa—Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

A-1

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa—Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa—Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A—Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa—Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ba—Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B—Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Caa—Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca—Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C—Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—“MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

A-2

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1—This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2—This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3—This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG—This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

A-3

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA—An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A—An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C—Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB—An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC—An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C—A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A “C” also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

A-4

D—An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

A-5

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

—Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

—Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1—Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2—Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3—Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1—Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2—Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3—Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of “B-1”, “B-2”, and “B-3” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “B” category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

A-6

B-1—A short-term obligation rated “B-1” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2—A short-term obligation rated “B-2” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3—A short-term obligation rated “B-3” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C—A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D—A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

A-7

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1—This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2—Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated “A-1”.

A-3—Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B—Issues rated “B” are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C—This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D—Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

A-8

Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA—Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA—Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A—High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB—Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB—Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B—Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, “B” ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R1” (outstanding).

CCC—For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of “R2” (superior), or “R3” (good) or “R4” (average).

CC—For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of “R4” (average) or “R5” (below average).

C—For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R6” (poor).

A-9

RD—Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D—Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated “D” upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of “C” to “B” ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the “B” or “CCC-C” categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1—Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2—Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3—Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B—Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C—High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D—Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

A-10

Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-term rating category, to categories below “CCC”, or to Short-term ratings other than “F1”. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

“PIF”: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

“NR” indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

“Withdrawn”: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

A-11

APPENDIX B

Western Asset Management Company Proxy Voting Policy

BACKGROUND

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

POLICY

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

PROCEDURE

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

At account start-up, or upon amendment of an IMA, the applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if

B-1

Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

B-2

3. Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support

B-3

of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

B-4

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers—i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound

B-5

corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

B-6

Filed under Rule 497(c)

File Nos. 2-96408
811-04254

April 28, 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INCOME TRUST

LEGG MASON PARTNERS GLOBAL INCOME FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Global Income Fund (the “fund”) dated April 28, 2008, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “prospectus”), and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the fund’s prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of Legg Mason Global Income Trust effective September 21, 2007. The fund is a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. These reports contain financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The prospectus and copies of the reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management	2
Investment Management and Other Services	10
Portfolio Manager Disclosure	14
Investment Strategies and Risks	17
Investment Policies	48
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings	53
Purchase of Shares	56
Redemption of Shares	60
Exchange Privilege	62
Distributors	63
Valuation of Shares	65
Dividends, Distributions and Taxes	65
Additional Information	71
Financial Statements	77
Appendix A—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited	A-1
Appendix B—Description of Ratings	B-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees of Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (the “Board”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s current Board of Trustees.

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:
Elliott J. Berv Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	President and Chief Executive Officer, Catalyst (consulting) (since 1984); Chief Executive Officer, Rocket City Enterprises (media) (2000 to 2005)	68	Board Member, American Identity Corp. (doing business as Morpheus Technologies) (biometric information management) (since 2001); Director, Lapoint Industries (industrial filter company) (since 2002); Director, Alzheimer’s Association (New England Chapter) (since 1998)
A. Benton Cocanougher Born 1938	Trustee	Since 1991	Dean Emeritus and Professor, Texas A&M University (since 2004); former Interim Chancellor, Texas A&M University System (2003 to 2004); former Special Advisor to the President, Texas A&M University (2002 to 2003); former Dean and Professor of Marketing, College and Graduate School of Business of Texas A&M University (1987 to 2001)	68	None

2

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Jane F. Dasher Born 1949	Trustee	Since 1999	Chief Financial Officer, Korsant Partners, LLC (a family investment company)	68	None
Mark T. Finn Born 1943	Trustee	Since 1989	Adjunct Professor, College of William & Mary (since 2002); Principal/Member, Balvan Partners (investment management) (since 2002); Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Owner, Vantage Consulting Group, Inc. (investment management) (since 1988); formerly, Vice Chairman and Chief Operating Officer, Lindner Asset Management Company (mutual fund company) (1999 to 2001); formerly, General Partner and Shareholder, Greenwich Ventures LLC (investment partnership) (1996 to 2001)	68	None
Rainer Greeven Born 1936	Trustee	Since 1994	Attorney, Rainer Greeven PC; President and Director, 62nd Street East Corporation (real estate) (since 2002)	68	None

3

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Stephen Randolph Gross Born 1947	Trustee	Since 1986	Chairman, HLB Gross Collins, P.C. (accounting and consulting firm) (since 1979); Treasurer, Coventry Limited, Inc. (Senior Living Facilities) (since 1985); formerly, Managing Director, Fountainhead Ventures, L.L.C. (technology accelerator) (1998 to 2003); formerly, Treasurer, Hank Aaron Enterprises (fast food franchise) (1985 to 2001); formerly, Partner, Capital Investment Advisory Partners (leverage buyout consulting) (2000 to 2002); formerly, Secretary, Carint N.A. (manufacturing) (1998 to 2002)	68	Director, Andersen Calhoun (assisted living) (since 1987); formerly, Director, United Telesis, Inc. (telecommunications) (1997 to 2002); formerly, Director, ebank Financial Services, Inc. (1997 to 2004)
Richard E. Hanson, Jr. Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1985	Retired; formerly, Headmaster, The New Atlanta Jewish Community High School, Atlanta, Georgia (1996 to 2000)	68	None
Diana R. Harrington Born 1940	Trustee	Since 1992	Professor, Babson College (since 1992)	68	None
Susan M. Heilbron Born 1945	Trustee	Since 1994	Independent Consultant (since 2001); formerly, President, Lacey & Heilbron (communications consulting) (1990 to 2002)	68	None
Susan B. Kerley Born 1951	Trustee	Since 1992	Investment Consulting Partner, Strategic Management Advisers, LLC (investment consulting) (since 1990)	68	Chairman and Independent Board Member of Eclipse Fund, Inc. and Eclipse Funds (which trade as Mainstay Funds) (currently supervises 16 investment companies in the Fund complex) (since 1991)

4

Name and Year of Birth	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years	Number of Funds in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee	Other Board Memberships Held by Trustee During Past Five Years
Alan G. Merten Born 1941	Trustee	Since 1990	President, George Mason University (since 1996)	68	Trustee, First Potomac Realty Trust (since 2005); Director, Xybernaut Corporation (information technology) (2004 to 2006); Director, Digital Net Holdings, Inc. (2003 to 2004); Director, Comshare, Inc. (information technology) (1985 to 2003); Director, BTG, Inc. (information systems) (1997 to 2001); Director, Cardinal Financial Corporation (since November 2006)
R. Richardson Pettit Born 1942	Trustee	Since 1990	Formerly, Duncan Professor of Finance, University of Houston (1977 to 2006)	68	None
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA† Born 1951	Trustee, President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)	138	Former trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Fund (2002-2006)

* Each Trustee serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

† Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

5

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
OFFICERS:
R. Jay Gerken, CFA Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer	Since 2002	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 153 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).
Ted P. Becker Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Chief Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason, Inc. (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).
John Chiota Born 1968 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer	Since 2006	Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.
Robert I. Frenkel Born 1954 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Secretary and Chief Legal Officer	Since 2003	Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).
Frances M. Guggino Born 1957 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer	Since 2004	Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Director at CAM (1992 to 2005); Treasurer and/ or Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Treasurer and/or Controller of certain funds associated with CAM (1992 to 2005).
Thomas C. Mandia Born 1962 300 First Stamford Place Stamford, CT 06902	Assistant Secretary	Since 2000	Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

6

Name, Year of Birth and Address	Position(s) with Fund	Term of Office* and Length of Time Served**	Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years
Jeanne M. Kelly Born 1951 620 Eighth Avenue New York, NY 10018	Senior Vice President	Since 2007	Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (since 2005); Senior Vice President of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates (since 2007); formerly, Director—Global Fund Administration, Citigroup Asset Management (from 1996 – 2005)
David Castano Born 1971 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Treasurer of Lord Abbett mutual funds (2004 to 2006); Supervisor at UBS Global Asset Management (2003 to 2004). Prior to 2003, Accounting Manager at CAM.
Matthew Plastina Born 1970 55 Water Street New York, NY 10041	Controller	Since 2007	Assistant Vice President of Legg Mason or its predecessor (since 1999); Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (since 2007). Previously, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (2002 to 2007).

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has four standing Committees: the Audit Committee, Governance Committee, Investment and Performance Committee (referred to as the Performance Committee) and Pricing Committee. Each of the Audit, Governance and Performance Committees is composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary

7

for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

• whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

• whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

• whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

• whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

• the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the committee may consider relevant;

• the character and integrity of the person; and

• whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Performance Committee is charged with, among other things, reviewing investment performance. The Performance Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

The Trust’s Board oversees all of the fixed income-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met 17 times during the fund’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. The Audit, Governance, Performance and Pricing Committees met four, four, four and eight times, respectively, during the fund’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

Name of Trustee	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities In Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee
Independent Trustee
Elliott J. Berv	None	None
A. Benton Cocanougher	None	Over $100,000
Jane F. Dasher	None	Over $100,000
Mark T. Finn	None	Over $100,000
Rainer Greeven	None	$10,001 – $50,000
Stephen Randolph Gross	None	None
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	None	Over $100,000
Diana R. Harrington	None	$10,001 – $50,000
Susan M. Heilbron	None	$10,001 – $50,000
Susan B. Kerley	None	Over $100,000
Alan G. Merten	None	Over $100,000
R. Richardson Pettit	None	Over $100,000
Interested Trustee
R. Jay Gerken	None	Over $100,000

8

As of December 31, 2007, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or in a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the Board and Committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Trustees who is not a director, officer or employee of the manager or any of its affiliates its pro rata share of: an annual fee of $160,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, $2,500 for each Committee meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for certain telephonic Board and Committee meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chairs of the Audit Committee and Performance Committee will each receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Current Board

The current Trustees took office in April 2007. Information as to compensation paid to the current Trustees for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, is shown on the following table:

Name of Trustee	Aggregate Compensation from the Fund(1)		Total Pension or Retirement Benefits Paid as Part of Fund Expenses(1)	Total Compensation from Fund Complex Paid to Trustee		Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Trustee(1)
Independent Trustees
Elliott J. Berv	$	4.62	(2)	$	506,630	68
A. Benton Cocanougher	$	4.62	(2)	$	725,864	68
Jane F. Dasher	$	7.82	$0	$	202,625	68
Mark T. Finn	$	4.62	(2)	$	505,579	68
Rainer Greeven	$	4.62	$0	$	188,500	68
Stephen Randolph Gross	$	4.43	(2)	$	529,413	68
Richard E. Hanson, Jr.	$	4.62	$0	$	160,500	68
Diana R. Harrington	$	4.06	(2)	$	556,295	68
Susan M. Heilbron	$	4.62	$0	$	190,500	68
Susan B. Kerley	$	4.62	(2)	$	417,484	68
Alan G. Merten	$	4.62	(2)	$	604,757	68
R. Richardson Pettit	$	4.43	(2)	$	620,476	68
Name of Interested Trustee
R. Jay Gerken(3)	$	0	$0	$	0	137

⁽¹⁾ Information is for the period from September 21, 2007 to December 31, 2007.

⁽²⁾ Pursuant to prior retirement plans, certain Trustees are entitled to receive a total retirement benefit from the fund complex as follows: Mr. Berv: $307,130; Mr. Cocanougher: $503,114; Mr. Finn: $306,079; Mr. Gross: $318,788; Ms. Harrington: $348,670; Ms. Kerley: $217,984; Mr. Merten: $405,257; and Mr. Pettit: $424,976. Each fund formerly overseen by these Trustees has paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of these benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

⁽³⁾ Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

None of the officers of the Trust received any compensation from the Trust during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

April 2, 2008, the trustees and officers of the fund as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

9

As of April 2, 2008, the following persons owned of record the amounts indicated of the shares of the following classes of the fund:

Class	Name and Address	Percent
C	Mrs. Marie M Phelps CGM Roth IRA Custodian 9 Carolina Ave Bel Air, MD 21014-5403	26.7%
	Jeffery L. Goree CGM IRA Custodian 18481 Kedzie Ave Homewood, IL 60430-2703	20.8%
	Laura Ann Garcia CGM IRA Beneficiary Custodian Ben of Jean M Schultz 7457 Old Redmond Redmond, WA 98052-4240	13.2%
	Michael J. Boylan CGM IRA Custodian 682 Pearl St Columbus, Ohio 43215-7512	10.6%
	Laura Ann Garcia 7457 Old Redmond Redmond, WA 98052-4240	8.4%
	PFPC Trust Company Custodian FBO Rena Britland Traditional IRA 16 Delaware Rd. Whitehouse Station, New Jersey 08889-3956	6.6%
	Robert A. Chase, Jr. CGM IRA Rollover Custodian 6 Sugar Court Baltimore, MD 21228-4959	6.2%

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of the fund and certain other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. As of December 31, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $193 billion. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated

10

investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence; and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement has an initial term ending in 2009 and will continue in effect from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the independent trustees with such independent trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

The fund pays a management fee to LMPFA computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.75% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund and the predecessor fund paid LMPFA and the predecessor investment adviser gross management fees of $260,274, and net management fees of $1,928, after waivers and reimbursements. For the period from September 21, 2007 through December 31, 2007, the fund paid LMPFA gross management fees of $66,027, and net management fees of $15,018, after waivers and reimbursements.

Subadvisers

Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“Western Asset Limited” and together with Western Asset, the “subadvisers”) perform the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund. Western Asset and Western Asset Limited are each wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Each subadviser serves as subadviser pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement. Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101. Western Asset Limited has offices at 10 Exchange Place, London, England. As of December 31, 2007, Western Asset’s total assets under management were approximately $457 billion, and Western Asset Limited’s total assets under management were approximately $104 billion.

Under each Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadvisers will manage the fund’s portfolio (or allocated portion thereof) in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement has an initial term ending in 2009 and will continue in effect from year to year thereafter provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the independent trustees with such independent trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate each Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the applicable subadviser. A subadviser may terminate its Sub-Advisory Agreement on not less than 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and a subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. A Sub-Advisory Agreement will

11

terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the applicable subadviser and will not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the applicable subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, (i) the manager will pay to Western Asset an annual fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements and (ii) Western Asset will pay to Western Asset Limited an annual fee equal to 0.30% of the fund’s assets that are allocated to Western Asset Limited.

For the fiscal year ended 12/31/07, LMPFA and the predecessor investment adviser paid sub-advisory fees of $19,516 to Western Asset with respect to the fund and the predecessor fund. For the period from September 21, 2007 through December 31, 2007, LMPFA paid sub-advisory fees of $10,515 to Western Asset with respect to the fund.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the Distribution Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuing and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, trustees and employees; litigation expenses and any nonrecurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s trustees and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in

12

the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or the “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distribution payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel

Bingham McCutchen LLP, 150 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110, serves as counsel to the fund.

Sullivan & Worcester LLP, 1666 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006, serves as counsel to each of the Independent Trustees.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

KPMG LLP independent registered public accounting firm, located at 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154, has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the Trust, the manager, the subadvisers, and the distributors each have adopted Codes of Ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the Code of Ethics of the Trust and the manager, subadvisers and distributors are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager or subadvisers, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager and/or the subadvisers, believing that the manager and/or the subadvisers should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadvisers through its contracts with the subadvisers. The subadvisers will use their own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become

13

responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the board of trustees of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadvisers and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadvisers’ Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix A to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund) for which he has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts.

Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
S. Kenneth Leech	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $211 billion in total assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $300 billion in total assets under management Includes 95 other accounts that pay a performance fee with $32 billion in total assets under management
Stephen A. Walsh	114 registered investment companies with $121 billion in total assets under management	239 other pooled investment vehicles with $211 billion in total assets under management	1,069 other accounts with $300 billion in total assets under management Includes 95 other accounts that pay a performance fee with $32 billion in total assets under management

14

Portfolio Manager	Registered Investment Companies	Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	Other Accounts
Detlev Schlichter	1 registered investment companies with $182 million in total assets under management	26 other pooled investment vehicles with $4 billion in total assets under management	71 other accounts with $29 billion in total assets under management Includes 21 other accounts that pay a performance fee with $8 billion in total assets under management
Gregory A. Peeke	N/A	N/A	21 other accounts with $5 billion in total assets under management Includes 1 other accounts that pay a performance fee with $53 million in total assets under management

Compensation of Portfolio Managers

Each subadviser’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation “target” and a respective cap, which are derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits and a retirement plan.

In addition, each subadviser’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. One of the principal factors considered is a portfolio manager’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s annual report). Performance is reviewed on a 1, 3 and 5 year basis for compensation, with 3 years having the most emphasis. A subadviser may also measure a portfolio manager’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because portfolio managers are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the funds) with similar investment strategies, they are generally compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account, though relative performance against the stated benchmark and its applicable Lipper peer group is also considered. A smaller portion of a bonus payment is derived from factors that include client service, business development, length of service to the subadviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to a subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These were determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for all of the portfolio managers listed above.

15

The manager, the subadvisers and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or a subadviser and the individuals that they employ. For example, each of the manager and each subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and subadvisers have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadvisers and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the sub-adviser determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the investment manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the investment manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio

16

manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by each portfolio manager as of the date of this SAI.

Portfolio Managers	Dollar Range of Ownership of Securities
S. Kenneth Leech	None
Stephen A. Walsh	None
Detlev Schlichter	None
Gregory A. Peeke	None

INVESTMENT STRATEGIES AND RISKS

Investment objective

The fund seeks current income and capital appreciation in order to achieve an attractive total return consistent with prudent investment risk.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed without shareholder approval.

Principal investment strategies

Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 75% of its total assets in fixed-income securities of foreign and U.S. issuers rated investment grade by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or, if unrated by Moody’s or S&P, judged by the fund’s subadvisers to be of comparable quality, and in related investments. Up to 25% of the fund’s total assets may be invested in below investment grade securities of foreign and U.S. issuers, loans of banks and other financial institutions (which may be below investment grade), convertible securities, and common and preferred stock, and in related investments.

The types of fixed-income securities in which the fund may invest include:

• U.S. and foreign investment-grade corporate debt securities

• U.S. and foreign high-yield corporate debt securities (including those commonly known as “junk bonds”)

• Sovereign debt obligations of developed nations

• Sovereign debt obligations of emerging market countries

• Mortgage related and asset-backed securities

The fund will maintain a minimum of 25% of its total assets in debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or foreign governments, their agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions. The debt securities in which the fund may invest may be of any maturity, and there are no limits on the average maturity of the fund’s portfolio. The fund may invest in corporate fixed-income securities rated as low as C by Moody’s or D by S&P or in non-rated securities deemed by the fund’s subadvisers to be of comparable quality.

Under normal circumstances, the fund will invest no more than 40% of its total assets in securities of issuers located in any one country other than the United States. There is no other limit on the percentage of assets that may be invested in securities of issuers located in any one country or denominated in any one currency.

17

The fund may also engage in reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions with respect to the securities in which it primarily invests. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund sells a portfolio instrument to another person, such as a financial institution or broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at a specified future date (normally within seven days) and price, which includes an amount essentially equivalent to an interest payment. In a dollar roll transaction, the fund sells a fixed-income security for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to purchase a substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) security at an agreed upon future time. By engaging in a dollar roll transaction, the fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the security that is sold, but receives the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase. The fund would be able to invest the proceeds of the securities sold. Any such transaction that extends for more than seven days may be considered illiquid and, if so, would be subject to the fund’s limit on investments in illiquid securities of 15% of net assets.

For securities purchased by the fund on a when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment basis, the price is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When engaging in such transactions, the fund will “cover” the future obligations by segregating an amount of cash or liquid portfolio securities at least equal in value to such obligations. The fund’s use of reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls, when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions, or other derivatives, may constitute a form of leverage.

For temporary defensive purposes, the fund may invest without limit in cash and U.S. dollar-denominated money market instruments including repurchase agreements of U.S. or foreign issuers. If the fund invests substantially in such instruments, it will not be pursuing its principal investment strategies and may not achieve its investment objective.

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal investment strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund, and contains more information about the various types of securities in which the fund may invest and the risks involved in such investments.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the fund’s portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage-or asset backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

General

Investors should realize that risk of loss is inherent in the ownership of any securities and that the fund’s net asset value will fluctuate, reflecting fluctuations in the market value of its portfolio positions.

Illiquid Investments and Restricted Securities

The fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. For this purpose, “illiquid investments” are those that cannot be sold or otherwise disposed of within seven days for approximately the price at which the fund values the security. Illiquid investments include repurchase agreements with terms of greater than seven days, restricted securities other than those the fund’s manager or subadvisers has determined are

18

liquid pursuant to guidelines established by the Board of Trustees and securities involved in swap, cap, floor and collar transactions, and over-the-counter (“OTC”) options and their underlying collateral. Due to the absence of an active trading market, the fund may have difficulty valuing or disposing of illiquid investments promptly. Judgment plays a greater role in valuing illiquid investments than those for which a more active market exists.

Restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions, pursuant to a registration statement filed under the 1933 Act or pursuant to an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The fund may be required to pay part or all of the costs of such registration, and a considerable period may elapse between the time a decision is made to sell a restricted security and the time the registration statement becomes effective.

SEC regulations permit the sale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers. The adviser to the fund, acting pursuant to guidelines established by the Board of Trustees, may determine that certain restricted securities qualified for trading on this market are liquid. If qualified institutional investors become uninterested in this market for a time, restricted securities in the fund’s portfolio may adversely affect the fund’s liquidity.

The assets used as cover for OTC options written by the fund will be considered illiquid unless the OTC options are sold to qualified dealers who agree that the fund may repurchase any OTC option it writes at a maximum price to be calculated by a formula set forth in the option agreement. The cover for an OTC option written subject to this procedure would be considered illiquid only to the extent that the maximum repurchase price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.

Senior Securities

The 1940 Act prohibits the issuance of senior securities by a registered open-end fund with one exception. The fund may borrow from banks provided that immediately after any such borrowing there is an asset coverage of at least 300% for all borrowings of the fund. The fund’s non-bank borrowings for temporary purposes only, in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the fund at the time the borrowing is made, are not deemed to be an issuance of a senior security.

There are various investment techniques that may give rise to an obligation of the fund to make a future payment, about which the SEC has stated it would not raise senior security concerns, provided the fund complies with SEC guidance regarding segregation of assets or cover for these investment techniques. Such investment techniques include, among other things, when-issued securities, futures and forward contracts, short-options positions, and repurchase agreements.

Securities Lending

The fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers or dealers in corporate or government securities, banks or other recognized institutional borrowers of securities, provided that cash or equivalent collateral, equal to at least 100% of the market value of the securities loaned, is continuously maintained by the borrower with the fund’s custodian. During the time the securities are on loan, the borrower will pay the fund an amount equivalent to any dividends or interest paid on such securities, and the fund may invest the cash collateral and earn income, or it may receive an agreed upon amount of interest income from the borrower who has delivered equivalent collateral. These loans are subject to termination at the option of the fund or the borrower. The fund may pay reasonable administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan and may pay a negotiated portion of the interest earned on the cash or equivalent collateral to the borrower or placing broker. The fund does not have the right to vote securities on loan, but would terminate the loan and regain the right to vote if that were considered important with respect to the investment. The risks of securities lending are similar to those of repurchase agreements.

The fund presently does not expect to have on loan at any given time securities totaling more than one-third of its net asset value.

19

Securities of Other Investment Companies

The fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies, including open-end mutual funds, closed-end funds, unit investment trusts, private investment companies and offshore investment companies. An investment in an investment company involves risks similar to those of investing directly in the investment company’s portfolio securities, including the risk that the value of the portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of their issuers, the value of stocks and other securities generally, and other market factors.

In addition, investing in the securities of other investment companies involves certain other risks, costs, and expenses for that fund. If the fund invests in another investment company, the fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of the advisory fees and other operating expenses of such investment company, which are in addition to the advisory fees and other operational expenses incurred by the fund. In addition, the fund could incur a sales charge in connection with purchasing an investment company security or a redemption fee upon the redemption of such security. An investment in the shares of a closed-end investment company may also involve the payment of a substantial premium over, while sales of such shares may be made at a substantial discount from, the net asset value of the issuers’ portfolio securities.

The fund may also invest in the securities of private investment companies, including “hedge funds.” As with investments in other investment companies, if the fund invests in a private investment company, the fund will be charged its proportionate share of the advisory fees including incentive compensation and other operating expenses of such company. These fees, which can be substantial, would be in addition to the advisory fees and other operating expenses incurred by the fund. In addition, private investment companies are not registered with the SEC and may not be registered with any other regulatory authority. Accordingly, they are not subject to certain regulatory requirements and oversight to which registered issuers are subject. There may be very little public information available about their investments and performance. Moreover, because sales of shares of private investment companies are generally restricted to certain qualified purchasers, such shares may be illiquid and it could be difficult for the fund to sell its shares at an advantageous price and time. Finally, because shares of private investment companies are not publicly traded, a fair value for the fund’s investment in these companies typically will have to be determined under policies approved by the Board of Trustees.

The 1940 Act provides that the fund may not purchase or otherwise acquire the securities of other “registered investment companies” (as defined in the 1940 Act) if, as a result of such purchase or acquisition, it would own: (i) more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the acquired investment company; (ii) securities issued by any one investment company having a value in excess of 5% of the fund’s total assets; or (iii) securities issued by all investment companies having an aggregate value in excess of 10% of the fund’s total assets. Certain exceptions may be available from these limits such as when the fund invests in an exchange-traded fund or a money market fund.

The fund will invest in the securities of other investment companies, including private investment companies, when, in the subadvisers’ judgment, the potential benefits of the investment justify the expense and risk of investing in such investment companies.

Securities of Exchange-Traded Funds

The fund may invest in the securities of exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are ownership interests in unit investment trusts, depositary receipts, and other pooled investment vehicles that are traded on an exchange and that hold a portfolio of securities or other financial instruments (the “Underlying Assets”). The Underlying Assets are typically selected to correspond to the securities that comprise a particular broad based, sector or international index, or to provide exposure to a particular industry sector or asset class. An investment in an ETF involves risks similar to investing directly in the Underlying Assets, including the risk that the value of the Underlying Assets may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of their issuers, the value of securities and other financial instruments generally, and other market factors.

20

The performance of an ETF will be reduced by transaction and other expenses, including fees paid by the ETF to service providers. Investors in ETFs are eligible to receive their portion of income, if any, accumulated on the securities held in the portfolio, less fees and expenses of the ETF.

If an ETF is a registered investment company (as defined above) the limitations applicable to the fund’s ability to purchase securities issued by other investment companies will apply.

Repurchase Agreements

When cash is temporarily available, or for temporary defensive purposes, the fund may invest without limit in repurchase agreements and money market instruments, including high-quality short-term debt securities. A repurchase agreement is an agreement under which either U.S. Government obligations or other high-quality liquid debt securities are acquired from a securities dealer or bank subject to resale at an agreed-upon price and date. The securities are held for the fund by a custodian bank as collateral until resold and will be supplemented by additional collateral if necessary to maintain a total value equal to or in excess of the value of the repurchase agreement. The fund bears a risk of loss if the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the fund is delayed or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, which may decline in value in the interim. The fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with financial institutions determined by the subadvisers to present minimal risk of default during the term of the agreement.

Repurchase agreements are usually for a term of one week or less, but may be for longer periods. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days may be considered illiquid. To the extent that proceeds from any sale upon a default of the obligation to repurchase were less than the repurchase price, the fund might suffer a loss. If bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the fund could be delayed or limited.

When the fund enters into a repurchase agreement, it will obtain as collateral from the other party securities equal in value to at least the repurchase amount including the interest factor. Such securities will be held for that fund by a custodian bank or an approved securities depository or book-entry system.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements and Dollar Rolls

A reverse repurchase agreement is a portfolio management technique in which the fund temporarily transfers possession of a portfolio instrument to another person, such as a financial institution or broker-dealer, in return for cash. At the same time, the fund agrees to repurchase the instrument at an agreed-upon time (normally within seven days) and price, which includes an amount essentially equivalent to an interest payment.

The fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreements as a means of raising cash to satisfy redemption requests or for other temporary or emergency purposes without the necessity of selling portfolio instruments. The fund may also engage in reverse repurchase agreements in order to reinvest the proceeds in other securities or repurchase agreements. Such a use of reverse repurchase agreements would constitute a form of leverage.

The fund may also enter into dollar roll transactions in which the fund sells a fixed income security for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to purchase substantially similar (same type, coupon, and maturity) securities at an agreed upon future time. By engaging in a dollar roll transaction, the fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the security that is sold, but receives the difference between the current sales price and the forward price for the future purchase. The fund would also be able to invest the proceeds of the securities sold.

When the fund reinvests the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement or dollar roll in other securities, any fluctuations in the market value of either the securities transferred to another party (in the case of a reverse repurchase agreement) the securities purchased for future delivery (in the case of a dollar roll) or the securities in which the proceeds are invested (in either case) would affect the market value of the fund’s assets. As a result,

21

such transactions could increase fluctuation in the fund’s net asset value. If the fund reinvests the proceeds of the agreement or dollar roll at a rate lower than the cost of the agreement or dollar roll, engaging in the agreement or dollar roll will lower the fund’s yield.

To avoid potential leveraging effects of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, the fund will segregate cash or other appropriate liquid securities with a value at least equal to the fund’s obligation under the agreements or dollar rolls.

The fund will not engage in reverse repurchase agreements if its total borrowings exceed 33 ¹/3% of its total assets.

Foreign Securities

The fund may invest in foreign securities. Investment in foreign securities presents certain risks, including those resulting from fluctuations in currency exchange rates, revaluation of currencies, future political and economic developments and the possible imposition of currency exchange blockages or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions, reduced availability of public information concerning issuers, and the fact that foreign issuers are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards or other regulatory practices and requirements comparable to those applicable to domestic issuers. These risks are intensified when investing in countries with developing economies and securities markets, also known as “emerging markets.” Moreover, securities of many foreign issuers may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than those of comparable domestic issuers and transactions in foreign securities may be subject to less efficient settlement practices, including extended clearance and settlement periods. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is the possibility of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, withholding taxes and limitations on the use or removal of funds or other assets.

The costs associated with investment in foreign issuers, including withholding taxes, brokerage commissions and custodial fees, may be higher than those associated with investment in domestic issuers. In addition, foreign securities transactions may be subject to difficulties associated with the settlement of such transactions. Delays in settlement could result in temporary periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return can be earned thereon. The inability of the fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in liability to the purchaser.

Since the fund may invest in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar and since the fund may hold foreign currencies, the fund may be affected favorably or unfavorably by exchange control regulations or changes in the exchange rates between such currencies and the U.S. dollar. Changes in the currency exchange rates may influence the value of the fund’s shares, and also may affect the value of dividends and interest earned by that fund and gains and losses realized by that fund. Exchange rates are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets. These forces are affected by the international balance of payments, other economic and financial conditions, government intervention, speculation and other factors.

In addition to purchasing foreign securities, the fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are denominated in U.S. dollars and are designed for use in the domestic market. Usually issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, ADRs are receipts that demonstrate ownership of underlying foreign securities. For purposes of the fund’s investment policies and limitations, ADRs are considered to have the same classification as the securities underlying them. ADRs may be sponsored or unsponsored; issuers of securities underlying unsponsored ADRs are not contractually obligated to disclose material information in the United States. Accordingly, there may be less information available about such issuers than there is with respect to domestic companies and issuers of securities underlying sponsored ADRs. The fund may also invest in Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), which are receipts that are often denominated

22

in U.S. dollars and are issued by either a U.S. or non-U.S. bank evidencing ownership of underlying foreign securities. Even where they are denominated in U.S. dollars, depositary receipts are subject to currency risk if the underlying security is denominated in a foreign currency.

The fund may invest in securities of issuers based in emerging markets (including, but not limited to, countries in Asia, Latin America, the Indian sub-continent, Southern and Eastern Europe, the Middle East, and Africa). The risks of foreign investment are greater for investments in emerging markets. Because of the special risks associated with investing in emerging markets, an investment in the fund should be considered speculative. Debt securities of governmental and corporate issuers in such countries will typically be rated below investment grade or be of comparable quality.

“Emerging markets” include any country, which at the time of investment, is represented in the JP Morgan EMBI Global Index or is categorized by the World Bank in its annual categorization as middle- or low-income.” The JP Morgan EMBI Global Index country and regional composition currently includes 27 countries, including Argentina, Brazil, Mexico, South Korea, Russia, Venezuela, Philippines, Poland, Malaysia, Panama, Bulgaria, Nigeria, China, Ecuador, Peru, Columbia, Morocco, Greece, Turkey, Hungary, Croatia, Lebanon, South Africa, Algeria, Thailand, Chile and Cote d’Ivoire. The World Bank’s list of countries categorized as low- or middle-income includes a total of 152 counties in its index, including the 27 countries included in the JP Morgan EMBI Global Index.

Investors are strongly advised to consider carefully the special risks involved in emerging markets, which are in addition to the usual risks of investing in developed foreign markets around the world. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, very negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging markets. Economies in emerging markets generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be affected adversely by economic conditions, trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade.

Over the last quarter of a century, inflation in many emerging market countries has been significantly higher than the world average. While some emerging market countries have sought to develop a number of corrective mechanisms to reduce inflation or mitigate its effects, inflation may continue to have significant effects both on emerging market economies and their securities markets. In addition, many of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced steady devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and major devaluations have occurred in certain countries.

Because of the high levels of foreign-denominated debt owed by many emerging market countries, fluctuating exchange rates can significantly affect the debt service obligations of those countries. This could, in turn, affect local interest rates, profit margins and exports which are a major source of foreign exchange earnings. Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the foregoing risks (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it virtually impossible to hedge effectively against such risks.

To the extent an emerging market country faces a liquidity crisis with respect to its foreign exchange reserves, it may increase restrictions on the outflow of any foreign exchange. Repatriation is ultimately dependent on the ability of the fund to liquidate its investments and convert the local currency proceeds obtained from such liquidation into U.S. dollars. Where this conversion must be done through official channels (usually the central bank or certain authorized commercial banks), the ability to obtain U.S. dollars is dependent on the availability of such U.S. dollars through those channels, and if available, upon the willingness of those channels to allocate those U.S. dollars to the fund. In such a case, the fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may be adversely affected by any increased restrictions imposed on the outflow of foreign exchange. If the fund is unable to repatriate any amounts due to exchange controls, it may be required to accept an obligation payable at some

23

future date by the central bank or other governmental entity of the jurisdiction involved. If such conversion can legally be done outside official channels, either directly or indirectly, the fund’s ability to obtain U.S. dollars may not be affected as much by any increased restrictions except to the extent of the price which may be required to be paid for the U.S. dollars.

Many emerging market countries have little experience with the corporate form of business organization and may not have well-developed corporation and business laws or concepts of fiduciary duty in the business context.

The securities markets of emerging markets are substantially smaller, less developed, less liquid and more volatile than the securities markets of the U.S. and other more developed countries. Disclosure and regulatory standards in many respects are less stringent than in the U.S. and other major markets. There also may be a lower level of monitoring and regulation of emerging markets and the activities of investors in such markets; enforcement of existing regulations has been extremely limited. Investing in the securities of companies in emerging markets may entail special risks relating to the potential political and economic instability and the risks of expropriation, nationalization, confiscation or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investment, convertibility of currencies into U.S. dollars and on repatriation of capital invested. In the event of such expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation by any country, the fund could lose its entire investment in any such country.

Most Latin American countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates and corresponding currency devaluations have had and may continue to have negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain Latin American countries.

Some emerging markets have different settlement and clearance procedures. In certain markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of the fund to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the fund to miss attractive investment opportunities. Inability to dispose of a portfolio security caused by settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of the portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, in possible liability to the purchaser.

The risk also exists that an emergency situation may arise in one or more emerging markets as a result of which trading of securities may cease or may be substantially curtailed and prices for the fund’s portfolio securities in such markets may not be readily available.

Currency Fluctuations

The fund, under normal circumstances, will invest a substantial portion of its total assets in the securities of foreign issuers which are denominated in foreign currencies and may temporarily hold uninvested cash in bank deposits in foreign currencies. Accordingly, the strength or weakness of the U.S. dollar against such foreign currencies may account for a substantial part of the fund’s investment performance. The rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and other currencies is determined by several factors, including the supply and demand for particular currencies, central bank efforts to support particular currencies, the relative movement of interest rates, the pace of business activity in other countries and the U.S. and other economic and financial conditions affecting the world economy.

A decline in the value of any particular currency against the U.S. dollar will cause a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the fund’s holdings of securities and cash denominated in such currency and, therefore, will cause an overall decline in the fund’s net asset value and any net investment income and capital gains derived from such securities to be distributed in U.S. dollars to shareholders of the fund. Moreover, if the value of the foreign currencies in which the fund receives its income falls relative to the U.S. dollar between receipt of the income

24

and its conversion to U.S. dollars, that fund may be required to liquidate securities in order to make distributions if it has insufficient cash in U.S. dollars to meet distribution requirements.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may affect the performance of emerging market issuers in which the fund invests without regard to the effect such fluctuations have on income received or gains realized by the fund. Given the level of foreign-denominated debt owed by many emerging market countries, fluctuating exchange rates significantly affect the debt service obligations of those countries. This could, in turn, affect local interest rates, profit margins and exports which are a major source of foreign exchange earnings. Although it might be theoretically possible to hedge for anticipated income and gains, the ongoing and indeterminate nature of the foregoing risk (and the costs associated with hedging transactions) makes it virtually impossible to hedge effectively against such risks.

To some extent, if forward markets are available, currency exchange risk can be managed through hedging operations. If hedging opportunities become available and the fund’s adviser elects to employ them, the fund may incur investment risks and substantial transaction costs to which it would not otherwise be subject. Whether or not it hedges, the fund will incur transaction costs in connection with conversions between various currencies.

Debt Securities

The fund may invest in the debt securities of governmental or corporate issuers. The fund invests substantially all of its assets in fixed-income securities. Corporate debt securities may pay fixed or variable rates of interest. These securities may be convertible into preferred or common equity, or may be bought as part of a unit containing common stock.

The prices of debt securities fluctuate in response to perceptions of the issuer’s creditworthiness and also tend to vary inversely with market interest rates. The value of such securities is likely to decline in times of rising interest rates. Conversely, when rates fall, the value of these investments is likely to rise. The longer the time to maturity the greater are such variations. When interest rates are flat, shorter maturity portfolios generally will not generate as high a level of total return as longer maturity portfolios (assuming that long-term interest rates are higher than short-term, which is commonly the case).

Many fixed-income securities, especially those issued at high interest rates, provide that the issuer may repay them early. Issuers often exercise this right when interest rates are low. Accordingly, holders of callable securities may not benefit fully from the increase in value that other fixed-income securities experience when rates decline. Furthermore, the fund reinvests the proceeds of the payoff at current yields, which are lower than those paid by the security that was paid off.

Certain securities pay interest at variable or floating rates. Variable rate securities reset at specified intervals, while floating rate securities reset whenever there is a change in a specified index rate. In most cases, these reset provisions reduce the effect of market interest rates on the value of the security. However, some securities do not track the underlying index directly, but reset based on formulas that can produce an effect similar to leveraging; others may provide for interest payments that vary inversely with market rates. The market prices of these securities may fluctuate significantly when interest rates change.

The fund may purchase debt securities from the issuers or may purchase participation interests in pools of these obligations from banks or other financial institutions. Variable and floating rate obligations usually carry demand features that permit the fund to sell the obligations back to the issuers or to financial intermediaries at par value plus accrued interest upon short notice at any time or prior to specific dates. The inability of the issuer or financial intermediary to repurchase an obligation on demand could affect the liquidity of the fund’s portfolio. Frequently, obligations with demand features are secured by letters of credit or comparable guarantees. Floating and variable rate obligations which do not carry unconditional demand features that can be exercised within seven days or less are deemed illiquid unless the Board determines otherwise. The fund’s investment in illiquid

25

floating and variable rate obligations would be limited to the extent that it is not permitted to invest more than 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid investments.

Fixed-income securities are also subject to credit risk, i.e., the risk that an issuer of securities will be unable to pay principal and interest when due, or that the value of the security will suffer because investors believe the issuer is less able to pay. This is broadly gauged by the credit ratings of the securities in which the fund invests. However, ratings are only the opinions of the agencies issuing them and are not absolute guarantees as to quality.

Debt securities and securities convertible into common stock need not necessarily be of a certain grade as determined by rating agencies such as Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”), or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”); however, the fund’s subadvisers do consider such ratings in determining whether the security is an appropriate investment for the fund. Generally, debt securities rated below BBB by S&P, or below Baa by Moody’s, and unrated securities of comparable quality, offer a higher current yield than that provided by higher-grade issues, but also involve higher risks. Changes in economic conditions or developments regarding the individual issuer are more likely to cause price volatility and weaken the capacity of such issuers to make principal and interest payments than is the case for issuers of higher grade debt securities. However, debt securities, regardless of their ratings, generally have a higher priority in the issuer’s capital structure than do equity securities. If an investment grade security purchased by the fund is subsequently given a rating below investment grade, the fund’s subadvisers will consider that fact in determining whether to retain that security in the fund’s portfolio, but are not required to dispose of it.

The ratings of S&P and Moody’s represent the opinions of those companies. Such ratings are relative and subjective, and are not absolute standards of quality. Unrated debt securities are not necessarily of lower quality than rated securities, but they may not be attractive to as many buyers. A description of the ratings assigned to corporate debt obligations by S&P and Moody’s is included in Appendix B.

In addition to ratings assigned to individual bond issues, the subadvisers will analyze interest rate trends and developments that may affect individual issuers, including factors such as liquidity, profitability and asset quality. The yields on bonds and other debt securities in which the fund invests are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money market conditions, general conditions in the bond market, the financial conditions of the issuer, the size of the offering, the maturity of the obligation and its rating. There may be a wide variation in the quality of bonds, both within a particular classification and between classifications. A bond issuer’s obligations are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws affecting the rights and remedies of bond holders or other creditors of an issuer; litigation or other conditions may also adversely affect the power or ability of bond issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of principal and interest. Regardless of rating levels, all debt securities considered for purchase (whether rated or unrated) are analyzed by the fund’s adviser to determine, to the extent possible, that the planned investment is sound.

Lower-Rated Debt Securities

The fund may invest in debt obligations (such as corporate debt securities and municipal obligations) in any rating category of the recognized rating services, including issues that are in default, and may invest in unrated debt obligations. Most foreign debt obligations are not rated. High-yield corporate fixed-income securities of foreign issuers in which the fund may invest include securities of companies that have their principal business activities and interests outside the United States.

Generally, investments in securities in the lower rating categories or comparable unrated securities provide higher yields but involve greater price volatility and risk of loss of principal and interest than investments in securities with higher ratings. Securities rated lower than Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P (commonly known as “junk bonds”), are below investment grade and have speculative characteristics, and those in the lowest rating categories are extremely speculative and may be in default with respect to payment of principal and interest. The

26

fund may invest in corporate fixed-income securities rated as low as C by Moody’s or D by S&P, or in unrated securities deemed by the fund’s subadvisers to be of comparable quality.

Where one rating organization has assigned an investment grade rating to an instrument and others have given it a lower rating, the fund may consider the instrument to be investment grade. The ratings do not include the risk of market fluctuations. The fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in securities rated below investment grade.

Lower ratings reflect a greater possibility that an adverse change in financial condition will affect the ability of the issuer to make payments of principal and interest than is the case with higher-grade securities. In addition, lower-rated securities will also be affected by the market’s perceptions of their credit quality and the outlook for economic growth. Further, their prices have at times experienced rapid decline when a significant number of holders of such securities decided to sell them. Widespread sales may result from adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis. Economic downturns or an increase in interest rates have, under certain circumstances, caused a higher incidence of default by the issuers of these securities, especially in the case of highly leveraged issuers. The prices for these securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. The market for lower-rated securities may be less liquid than the market for securities with higher ratings.

Furthermore, the liquidity of lower-rated securities may be affected by the market’s perception of their credit quality. Therefore, judgment may at times play a greater role in valuing these securities than in the case of higher-rated securities, and it also may be more difficult during certain adverse market conditions to sell lower-rated securities at their face value to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the market.

Although the market for lower-rated debt securities is not new, and the market has previously weathered economic downturns, over the last two decades there has been a substantial increase in the use of such securities to fund corporate acquisitions and restructurings. Accordingly, the past performance of the market for such securities may not be an accurate indication of its performance during economic downturns or periods of rising interest rates. Although the prices of lower-rated bonds are generally less sensitive to interest rate changes than those of higher-rated bonds, the prices of lower-rated bonds may be more sensitive to adverse economic changes and developments regarding the individual issuer. Issuers of lower-rated debt securities are often highly leveraged and may not have access to more traditional methods of financing.

Although the above risks apply to all lower-rated securities, the investment risk increases when the rating of the security is below investment grade. The lowest-rated securities (D by S&P and C by Moody’s) are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing and, in fact, may be in default of payment of interest or repayment of principal. To the extent the fund invests in these lower-rated securities, the achievement of its investment objective may be more dependent on credit analysis by the fund’s adviser than in the case of the fund investing in higher-rated securities.

The fund may invest in securities which are in lower rating categories or are unrated if the fund’s subadvisers determine that the securities provide the opportunity of meeting the fund’s objective without presenting excessive risk. The respective subadviser will consider all factors which it deems appropriate, including ratings, in making investment decisions for the fund and will attempt to minimize investment risks through diversification, investment analysis and monitoring of general economic conditions and trends. While the subadvisers may refer to ratings, they do not rely exclusively on ratings, but make their own independent and ongoing review of credit quality.

The fund may also invest in other types of fixed income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include bonds that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency or that are of equivalent quality. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their

27

holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

Corporate Debt Securities and Short-Term Instruments

Corporate debt securities are bonds or notes issued by corporations and other business organizations, including business and statutory trusts, in order to finance their short-term credit needs. Corporate debt securities include commercial paper, which consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. The fund may invest in foreign corporate debt securities denominated in U.S. dollars or foreign currencies. Foreign debt securities include Yankee dollar obligations (U.S. dollar denominated securities issued by foreign corporations and traded on U.S. markets) and Eurodollar obligations (U.S. dollar denominated securities issued by foreign corporations and traded on foreign markets).

The fund also may invest in commercial paper issued in bearer form by banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The fund may purchase commercial paper issued pursuant to the private placement exemption in Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act. Section 4(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws in that any resale must similarly be made in an exempt transaction. The fund may or may not regard such securities as illiquid, depending on the circumstances of each case.

Bank obligations in which the fund may invest include certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and time deposits in U.S. banks (including foreign branches) which have more than $1 billion in total assets at the time of investment and are members of the Federal Reserve System, are examined by the Comptroller of the Currency or whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The fund also may invest in certificates of deposit of savings and loan associations (Federally or state chartered and federally insured) having total assets in excess of $1 billion. A bankers’ acceptance is a time draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in a banking institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Certificates of deposit are negotiable short-term obligations issued by banks against funds deposited in the issuing institution. The interest rate on some certificates of deposit is periodically adjusted prior to the stated maturity, based upon a specified market rate. While domestic bank deposits are insured by an agency of the U.S. Government, the fund will generally assume positions considerably in excess of the insurance limits.

The fund may invest in obligations of domestic or foreign branches of foreign banks and foreign branches of domestic banks. These investments involve risks that are different from investments in securities of domestic branches of domestic banks. These risks include seizure of foreign deposits, currency controls, interest limitations or other governmental restrictions which might affect the payment of principal or interest on the bank obligations held by the fund. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

The fund limits its investments in foreign bank obligations to U.S. dollar-denominated or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign banks (including U.S. branches of foreign banks) which at the time of investment (1) have more than $10 billion, or the equivalent in other currencies, in total assets; (2) have branches or agencies (limited purpose offices which do not offer all banking services) in the United States; and (3) are judged by the fund’s adviser to be of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks in which the fund may invest. Subject to the fund’s limitation on concentration of less than 25% of the fund’s assets in the securities of issuers in a particular industry, there is no limitation on the amount of the fund’s assets which may be invested in obligations of foreign banks which meet the conditions set forth herein.

28

Sovereign Debt

Investments in debt securities issued by foreign governments and their political subdivisions or agencies (“Sovereign Debt”) involve special risks. The issuer of the debt or the governmental authorities that control the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of such debt, and the fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of a default.

Sovereign Debt differs from debt obligations issued by private entities in that, generally, remedies for defaults must be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party. Legal recourse is therefore somewhat diminished. Political conditions, especially a sovereign entity’s willingness to meet the terms of its debt obligations, are of considerable significance. Also, holders of commercial bank debt issued by the same sovereign entity may contest payments to the holders of Sovereign Debt in the event of default under commercial bank loan agreements.

A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy toward principal international lenders and the political constraints to which a sovereign debtor may be subject. Increased protectionism on the part of a country’s trading partners or political changes in those countries, could also adversely affect its exports. Such events could diminish a country’s trade account surplus, if any, or the credit standing of a particular local government or agency.

The ability of some sovereign debtors to repay their obligations may depend on the timely receipt of assistance from international agencies or other governments, the flow of which is not assured. The willingness of such agencies to make these payments may depend on the sovereign debtor’s willingness to institute certain economic changes, the implementation of which may be politically difficult.

The occurrence of political, social or diplomatic changes in one or more of the countries issuing Sovereign Debt could adversely affect the fund’s investments. Political changes or a deterioration of a country’s domestic economy or balance of trade may affect the willingness of countries to service their Sovereign Debt. While the adviser endeavors to manage investments in a manner that will minimize the exposure to such risks, there can be no assurance that adverse political changes will not cause the fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Preferred Stock

The fund may purchase preferred stock as a substitute for debt securities of the same issuer when, in the opinion of its adviser, the preferred stock is more attractively priced in light of the risks involved. Preferred stock pays dividends at a specified rate and generally has preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of the issuer’s assets, but is junior to the debt securities of the issuer in those same respects. Unlike interest payments on debt securities, dividends on preferred stock are generally payable at the discretion of the issuer’s board of directors. Shareholders may suffer a loss of value if dividends are not paid. The market prices of preferred stocks are subject to changes in interest rates and are more sensitive to changes in the issuer’s creditworthiness than are the prices of debt securities. Under normal circumstances, preferred stock does not carry voting rights.

Convertible Securities

A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or

29

accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion or exchange, convertible securities ordinarily provide a stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower than the yield of nonconvertible debt. Convertible securities are usually subordinated to comparable-tier nonconvertible securities, but rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure.

The value of a convertible security is a function of (1) its yield in comparison with the yields of other securities of comparable maturity and quality that do not have a conversion privilege and (2) its worth, at market value, if converted or exchanged into the underlying common stock. The price of a convertible security often reflects variations in the price of the underlying common stock in a way that nonconvertible debt does not. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument, which may be less than the ultimate conversion or exchange value.

Many convertible securities are rated below investment grade or, if unrated, are considered of comparable quality by the advisers.

The fund has no current intention of converting or exchanging any convertible securities it may own into equity or holding them as equity upon conversion or exchange, although it may do so for temporary purposes. If a convertible security held by the fund is called for redemption, the fund will be required to convert or exchange it into the underlying common stock, sell it to a third party or permit the issuer to redeem the security. Any of these actions could have an adverse effect on the fund’s ability to achieve its objective.

U.S. Government Obligations and Related Securities

U.S. Government obligations include a variety of securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury, by various agencies of the U.S. Government or by various instrumentalities that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. Government. U.S. Treasury securities and securities issued by the GNMA and Small Business Administration are backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government. Other U.S. Government obligations may or may not be backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government. In the case of securities not backed by the “full faith and credit” of the U.S. Government, the investor must look principally to the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation (such as the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Home Loan Banks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac) for ultimate repayment and may not be able to assert a claim against the U.S. Government itself if the agency or instrumentality does not meet its commitments.

Participation interests in U.S. Government obligations are pro rata interests in such obligations which are generally underwritten by government securities dealers. Certificates of safekeeping for U.S. Government obligations are documentary receipts for such obligations. Both participation interests and certificates of safekeeping are traded on exchanges and in the OTC market.

The fund may invest in U.S. Government obligations and related participation interests. In addition, the fund may invest in custodial receipts that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. Government obligations. Such obligations are held in custody by a bank on behalf of the owners. These custodial receipts are known by various names, including Treasury Receipts, Treasury Investors Growth Receipts (“TIGRs”) and Certificates of Accrual on Treasury Securities (“CATS”). Custodial receipts generally are not considered obligations of the U.S. Government for purposes of securities laws. Generally, the fund will consider all interest-only or principal-only (See “Mortgage-Related Securities” below) fixed-income securities as illiquid.

Zero Coupon And Pay-In-Kind Bonds

Corporate debt securities and municipal obligations include so-called “zero coupon” bonds and “pay-in-kind” bonds. Zero coupon bonds are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount in lieu

30

of paying interest periodically. Pay-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The value of zero coupon and pay-in-kind bonds is subject to greater fluctuation in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds which make regular payments of interest. Both of these types of bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds which make regular payments of interest. Even though zero coupon and pay-in-kind bonds do not pay current interest in cash, the fund is required to accrue interest income on such investments and may be required to distribute that income at least annually to shareholders. Thus, the fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its dividend requirements.

Fixed-Income Securities Issued By Supranational Organizations

The fund may invest in fixed-income securities issued by supranational organizations. Supranational organizations are entities designated or supported by a government or governmental group to promote economic development. Included among these organizations are the Asian Development Bank, the European Community, the European Investment Bank, the Inter-American Development Bank, the International Monetary Fund, the United Nations, the World Bank and the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development. Supranational organizations have no taxing authority and are dependent on their members for payments of interest and principal. Further, the lending activities of such entities are limited to a percentage of their total capital, reserves, and net income.

Brady Bonds

The fund may invest in either collateralized or uncollateralized Brady Bonds. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed-rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the bonds. Interest payments on such bonds generally are collateralized by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed-rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of rolling interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s rolling interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter.

Indexed Securities

The fund may purchase various fixed-income and debt securities whose principal value or rate of return is linked or indexed to relative exchange rates among two or more currencies or linked to commodities prices or other financial indicators. Such securities may be more volatile than the underlying instruments, resulting in a leveraging effect on the fund. The value of such securities may fluctuate in response to changes in the index, market conditions, and the creditworthiness of the issuer. These securities may vary directly or inversely with the underlying instruments. The value of such securities may change significantly if their principal value or rate of return is linked or indexed to relative exchange rates involving a foreign currency for which there is not a readily available market.

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities And Warrants

Foreign currency warrants entitle the holder to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specified date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that is inherent in the international fixed income/debt marketplace. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of

31

a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction.

Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised.

The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants are delisted from an exchange or if their trading is suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time value” of the warrants (i.e., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants) and, in the case where the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by OCC, the terms of foreign currency warrants generally will not be amended in the event of governmental or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political and economic factors.

Mortgage-Related Securities

Mortgage-related securities provide capital for mortgage loans made to residential homeowners, including securities which represent interests in pools of mortgage loans made by lenders such as savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled for sale to investors (such as the fund) by various governmental, government-related and private organizations, such as dealers. The market value of mortgage-related securities will fluctuate as a result of changes in interest rates and mortgage rates. In addition to fixed-rate, fixed-term mortgages, the fund may purchase pools of variable rate mortgages, growing-equity mortgages, graduated-payment mortgages and other types of mortgages.

Interests in pools of mortgage loans generally provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through” because they entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers, such as dealers, create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payments with respect to such pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools is supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. There can be no assurance that the private insurers can meet their obligations under the policies. The fund may buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees if, through an examination of the loan

32

experience and practices of the persons creating the pools, the adviser determines that the securities are appropriate investments for the fund. The private mortgage-related securities in which the fund may invest include foreign mortgage pass-through securities (“Foreign Pass-Throughs”), which are structurally similar to the pass-through instruments described above.

Another type of security representing an interest in a pool of mortgage loans is known as a collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”). CMOs represent interests in a short-term, intermediate-term or long-term portion of a mortgage pool. Each portion of the pool receives monthly interest payments, but the principal repayments pass through to the short-term CMO first and the long-term CMO last. A CMO permits an investor to more accurately predict the rate of principal repayments. CMOs are issued by private issuers, such as broker/dealers and government agencies, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Investments in CMOs are subject to the same risks as direct investments in the underlying mortgage-backed securities. In addition, in the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a broker who issued the CMO, the fund could experience both delays in liquidating its position and losses. The fund may invest in CMOs in any rating category of the recognized rating services and may invest in unrated CMOs.

The fund also may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities, which are classes of mortgage-backed securities that receive different proportions of interest and principal distributions from an underlying pool of mortgage assets. These securities are more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for them is less liquid than is the case for traditional mortgage-backed and other debt securities. A common type of stripped mortgage-backed security will have one class receiving some of the interest and most of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive most of the interest and the remainder of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (the interest only or “IO” class), while the other class will receive all of the principal (the principal only or the “PO” class). The yield to maturity of an IO class is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates, but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the fund purchases an IO and the underlying principal is repaid faster than expected, the fund will recoup less than the purchase price of the IO, even one that is highly rated. Extensions of maturity resulting from increases of market interest rates may have an especially pronounced effect on POs. Most IOs and POs are regarded as illiquid and will be included in the fund’s 15% limit on illiquid securities. U.S. Government-issued IOs and POs backed by fixed-rate mortgages may be deemed liquid by the fund’s adviser, following guidelines and standards established by the Board of Trustees.

The fund’s subadvisers expect that governmental, government-related or private entities may create mortgage loan pools offering pass-through investments in addition to those described above. The mortgages underlying these securities may be second mortgages or alternative mortgage instruments (for example, mortgage instruments whose principal or interest payments may vary or whose terms to maturity may differ from customary long-term, fixed-rate mortgages). As new types of mortgage-related securities are developed and offered to investors, the subadvisers will, consistent with the fund’s investment objective and policies, consider making investments in such new types of securities. The prospectus will be amended with any necessary additional disclosure prior to the fund’s investing in such securities.

The average life of securities representing interests in pools of mortgage loans is likely to be substantially less than the original maturity of the mortgage pools as a result of prepayments or foreclosures of such mortgages. Prepayments are passed through to the registered holder with the regular monthly payments of principal and interest, and have the effect of reducing future payments. To the extent the mortgages underlying a security representing an interest in a pool of mortgages are prepaid, the fund may experience a loss (if the price at which the respective security was acquired by the fund was at a premium over par, which represents the price at which the security will be redeemed upon prepayment) or a gain (if the price at which the respective security was acquired by the fund was at a discount from par). In addition, prepayments of such securities held by the fund will reduce the share price of the fund to the extent the market value of the securities at the time of prepayment exceeds their par value, and will increase the share price of the fund to the extent the par value of the securities

33

exceeds their market value at the time of prepayment. Prepayments may occur with greater frequency in periods of declining mortgage rates because, among other reasons, it may be possible for mortgagors to refinance their outstanding mortgages at lower interest rates.

Because the fund may invest in mortgage-related securities that are issued by private issuers, it may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as mortgage-backed securities.

Unlike mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by the U. S. government or one of its sponsored entities, mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches”, with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceeds that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, mortgage-backed securities that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those mortgage-backed securities that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private mortgage-backed securities may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label mortgage-backed securities pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for mortgage-backed securities that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated mortgage-backed securities, the subordinated mortgage-backed securities may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the fund’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the fund will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

34

Privately issued mortgage-backed securities are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, mortgage-backed securities held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

Although the market for mortgage-related securities issued by private organizations is becoming increasingly liquid, such securities may not be readily marketable. The fund will not purchase mortgage-related securities for which there is no established market (including CMOs and direct investments in mortgages as described below) or any other investments which the sub-adviser deems to be illiquid pursuant to criteria established by the Board of Trustees if, as a result, more than 15% of the value of the fund’s net assets would be invested in such illiquid securities and investments. Government-related organizations that issue mortgage-related securities include GNMA, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Securities issued by GNMA and Fannie Mae are fully modified pass-through securities, i.e., the timely payment of principal and interest is guaranteed by the issuer. Freddie Mac securities are modified pass-through securities, i.e., the timely payment of interest is guaranteed by Freddie Mac, principal is passed through as collected but payment thereof is guaranteed not later than one year after it becomes payable.

Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities represent direct or indirect participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as motor vehicle installment sales contracts, installment loan contracts, leases of various types of real and personal property, home or commercial mortgages and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements. The value of such securities partly depends on loan repayments by individuals, which may be adversely affected during general downturns in the economy. Like mortgage-related securities, asset-backed securities are subject to the risk of prepayment. The risk that recovery on repossessed collateral might be unavailable or inadequate to support payments on asset-backed securities, however, is greater than in the case of mortgage-backed securities.

The fund may purchase asset-backed commercial paper that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. Asset-backed commercial paper typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing asset-backed commercial paper, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of asset-backed commercial paper issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new asset-backed commercial paper. Therefore, there could be losses to a fund investing in asset-backed commercial paper in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing asset-backed commercial paper, or the conduit’s inability to issue new asset-backed commercial paper. To protect investors from these risks, asset-backed commercial paper programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in asset-backed commercial paper.

Some asset-backed commercial paper programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the asset-backed commercial paper if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional asset-backed commercial paper. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and a fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for asset-backed commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required

35

to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the asset-backed commercial paper. Asset-backed commercial paper programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

Loans And Loan Participations

The fund may purchase loans and participation interests in loans originally made by banks and other lenders to governmental borrowers. Many such interests are not rated by any rating company and may involve borrowers considered to be poor credit risks. The fund’s interests in these loans may not be secured, and the fund will be exposed to a risk of loss if the borrower defaults. Many such interests will be illiquid and therefore subject to the fund’s 15% limit on illiquid securities.

Forward Commitments

The fund may enter into commitments to purchase U.S. Government securities or other securities on a “forward commitment” basis, including purchases on a “when-issued,” a “delayed-delivery” or a “to be announced” basis. When such transactions are negotiated, the price is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities takes place at a later date. The fund may sell the securities subject to a forward commitment purchase, which may result in a gain or a loss. When the fund purchases securities on a forward commitment basis, it assumes the risks of ownership, including the risk of price fluctuation, at the time of purchase, not at the time of receipt. Purchases of forward commitments also involve a risk of loss if the seller fails to deliver after the value of the securities has risen. The fund will segregate cash or liquid debt securities equal to the commitments to purchase securities.

The fund may also enter into a forward commitment to sell only those securities it owns and will do so only with the intention of actually delivering the securities. In a forward sale, the fund does not participate in gains or losses on the security occurring after the commitment date. The fund’s custodian will place the securities in a separate account. Forward commitments to sell securities involve a risk of loss if the buyer fails to take delivery after the value of the securities has declined.

To limit the amount of leverage from forward commitment transactions, the fund will segregate cash or other appropriate liquid securities with a value at least equal to the fund’s obligation under the transactions.

The fund does not expect that its purchases of forward commitments will at any time exceed, in the aggregate, 40% of its total assets.

Derivative Instruments—Options, Futures and Other Strategies

General. The fund may invest in certain options, futures contracts (sometimes referred to as “futures”), options on futures contracts, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, indexed securities and other derivative instruments (collectively, “Financial Instruments”) to, among other things, to attempt to hedge its investments or attempt to enhance its return or yield through non-hedging strategies. Except as otherwise provided in the Prospectus, this SAI or by applicable law, the fund may purchase and sell any type of Financial Instrument.

The use of Financial Instruments is subject to applicable regulations of the SEC, the several exchanges upon which they are traded and the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. In addition, the fund’s ability to use Financial Instruments may be limited by tax considerations.

Hedging strategies can be broadly categorized as “short hedges” and “long hedges.” A short hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential declines in the value of

36

one or more investments held in the fund’s portfolio. Thus, in a short hedge the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the opposite direction of the price of the investment being hedged.

Conversely, a long hedge is a purchase or sale of a Financial Instrument intended partially or fully to offset potential increases in the acquisition cost of one or more investments that the fund intends to acquire. Thus, in a long hedge, the fund takes a position in a Financial Instrument whose price is expected to move in the same direction as the price of the prospective investment being hedged. A long hedge is sometimes referred to as an anticipatory hedge. In an anticipatory hedge transaction, the fund does not own a corresponding security and, therefore, the transaction does not relate to the portfolio security that the fund owns. Rather, it relates to a security that the fund intends to acquire. If the fund does not complete the hedge by purchasing the security it anticipated purchasing, the effect on the fund’s portfolio is the same as if the transaction were entered into for speculative purposes.

Financial Instruments on securities generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in one or more particular securities positions that the fund owns or intends to acquire. Financial Instruments on indices, in contrast, generally are used to attempt to hedge against price movements in market sectors in which the fund has invested or expects to invest. Financial Instruments on debt securities generally are used to hedge either individual securities or broad debt market sectors.

In addition to the instruments, strategies and risks described below, the subadvisers expect to discover additional opportunities in connection with Financial Instruments and other similar or related techniques. These new opportunities may become available as the subadvisers develop new techniques, as regulatory authorities broaden the range of permitted transactions and as new Financial Instruments or other techniques are developed. The subadvisers may utilize these opportunities to the extent that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and permitted by its investment limitations and applicable regulatory authorities. The fund might not use any of these strategies, and there can be no assurance that any strategy used will succeed.

Risks. The use of Financial Instruments involves special considerations and risks, certain of which are described below, and may result in losses to the fund. In general, these techniques may increase the volatility of the fund and may involve a small investment of cash relative to the magnitude of the risk assumed. Even a small investment in derivatives may magnify or otherwise increase investment losses to the fund. The fund’s use of derivatives may also increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders.

Successful use of most Financial Instruments depends upon the subadvisers’ ability to predict movements of the overall securities, currency and interest rate markets, which requires different skills than predicting changes in the prices of individual securities. The prices of derivatives may move in unexpected ways, especially in abnormal market conditions. There can be no assurance that any particular strategy will succeed, and use of Financial Instruments could result in a loss, regardless of whether the intent was to reduce risk or increase return.

The fund might be required to maintain assets as “cover,” maintain segregated accounts or make margin payments when it takes positions in Financial Instruments involving obligations to third parties (i.e., Financial Instruments other than purchased options). If the fund were unable to close out its positions in such Financial Instruments, it might be required to continue to maintain such assets or accounts or make such payments until the position expired or matured. These requirements might impair the fund’s ability to sell a portfolio security or make an investment at a time when it would otherwise be favorable to do so, or require that the fund sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time.

The fund’s ability to close out a position in a Financial Instrument prior to expiration or maturity depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market or, in the absence of such a market, the ability and willingness of the other party to the transaction (the “counterparty”) to enter into a transaction closing out the position. Therefore, there is no assurance that any position can be closed out at a time and price that is favorable to the fund.

37

Certain Risks Associated with Hedging Strategies. There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of a Financial Instrument and price movements of the investments being hedged. For example, if the value of a Financial Instrument used in a short hedge increased by less than the decline in value of the hedged investment, the hedge would not be fully successful. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the value of the investments being hedged, such as speculative or other pressures on the markets in which Financial Instruments are traded. The effectiveness of hedges using Financial Instruments on indices will depend on the degree of correlation between price movements in the index and price movements in the securities or other assets being hedged.

Because there are a limited number of types of exchange-traded Financial Instruments, it is likely that the standardized contracts available will not match the fund’s current or anticipated investments exactly. The fund may invest in Financial Instruments based on securities with different issuers, maturities or other characteristics from the securities in which it typically invests, which involves a risk that the position in Financial Instruments will not track the performance of the fund’s other investments.

Prices of Financial Instruments can also diverge from the prices of their underlying instruments, even if the underlying instruments match the fund’s portfolio investments well. Prices of Financial Instruments are affected by such factors as current and anticipated short-term interest rates, changes in volatility of the underlying instrument, and the time remaining until expiration of the contract, which may not affect security prices the same way. Imperfect correlation may also result from differing levels of demand in the markets for Financial Instruments and the securities markets, from structural differences in how Financial Instruments and securities are traded, or from imposition of daily price fluctuation limits or trading halts. The fund may purchase or sell Financial Instruments with a greater or lesser value than the securities it wishes to hedge or intends to purchase in order to attempt to compensate for differences in volatility between the contract and the securities, although this may not be successful in all cases. If price changes in the fund’s positions in Financial Instruments are poorly correlated with its other investments, the positions may fail to produce anticipated gains or result in losses that are not offset by gains in other investments.

If successful, the above-discussed strategies can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable price movements. However, such strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable price movements. For example, if the fund entered into a short hedge because its subadvisers projected a decline in the price of a security in the fund’s portfolio, and the price of that security increased instead, the gain from that increase might be wholly or partially offset by a decline in the price of the Financial Instrument. Moreover, if the price of the Financial Instrument declined by more than the increase in the price of the security, the fund could suffer a loss. In either such case, the fund would have been in a better position had it not attempted to hedge at all.

Cover. Transactions using Financial Instruments, other than purchased options, expose the fund to an obligation to another party. The fund will comply with SEC guidelines regarding cover for these instruments and will, if the guidelines so require, segregate on its books cash or liquid assets in the prescribed amount as determined daily. The fund may cover such transactions using other methods currently or as may be permitted in the future under the 1940 Act or orders issued by the SEC thereunder. For these purposes, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account when deemed appropriate by the fund.

Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding Financial Instrument is open, unless they are replaced with other appropriate assets. As a result, the commitment of a large portion of the fund’s assets to cover in accounts could impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Options. A call option gives the purchaser the right to buy, and obligates the writer to sell, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period. A put option gives the purchaser the right to sell, and obligates the writer to buy, the underlying investment at the agreed-upon price during the option period.

38

Purchasers of options pay an amount, known as a premium, to the option writer in exchange for the right under the option contract.

The fund may purchase call options for any purpose. For example, a call option may be purchased by the fund as a long hedge. Call options also may be used as a means of participating in an anticipated price increase of a security on a more limited risk basis than would be possible if the security itself were purchased. In the event of a decline in the price of the underlying security, use of this strategy would serve to limit the fund’s potential loss to the option premium paid; conversely, if the market price of the underlying security increases above the exercise price and the fund either sells or exercises the option, any profit realized would be reduced by the premium.

The fund may purchase put options for any purpose. For example, a put option may be purchased by the fund as a short hedge. The put option enables the fund to sell the underlying security at the predetermined exercise price; thus the potential for loss to the fund below the exercise price is limited to the option premium paid. If the market price of the underlying security is higher than the exercise price of the put option, any profit the fund realizes on the sale of the security would be reduced by the premium paid for the put option less any amount for which the put option may be sold.

Writing put or call options can enable the fund to enhance income or yield by reason of the premiums paid by the purchasers of such options. However, the fund may also suffer a loss as a result of writing options. For example, if the market price of the security underlying a put option declines to less than the exercise price of the option, minus the premium received, the fund would suffer a loss.

Writing call options can serve as a limited short hedge, because declines in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency appreciates to a price higher than the exercise price of the call option, it can be expected that the option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to sell the security or currency at less than its market value. If the call option is an over the counter (“OTC”) option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

Writing put options can serve as a limited long hedge because increases in the value of the hedged investment would be offset to the extent of the premium received for writing the option. However, if the security or currency depreciates to a price lower than the exercise price of the put option, it can be expected that the put option will be exercised and the fund will be obligated to purchase the security or currency at more than its market value. If the put option is an OTC option, the securities or other assets used as cover may be considered illiquid.

The value of an option position will reflect, among other things, the current market value of the underlying investment, the time remaining until expiration, the relationship of the exercise price to the market price of the underlying investment, the historical price volatility of the underlying investment and general market conditions.

The fund may effectively terminate its right or obligation under an option by entering into a closing transaction. For example, the fund may terminate its obligation under a call or put option that it had written by purchasing an identical call or put option; this is known as a closing purchase transaction. Conversely, the fund may terminate a position in a put or call option it had purchased by writing an identical put or call option; this is known as a closing sale transaction. Closing transactions permit the fund to realize profits or limit losses on an option position prior to its exercise or expiration.

A type of put that the fund may purchase is an “optional delivery standby commitment,” which is entered into by parties selling debt securities to the fund. An optional delivery standby commitment gives the fund the right to sell the security back to the seller on specified terms. This right is provided as an inducement to purchase the security.

39

Risks of Options on Securities. Options may result in the fund’s net asset value being more sensitive to changes in the value of the related instrument. The fund may purchase or write both exchange-traded and OTC options. Exchange-traded options in the United States are issued by a clearing organization affiliated with the exchange on which the option is listed that, in effect, guarantees completion of every exchange-traded option transaction. In contrast, OTC options are contracts between the fund and its counterparty (usually a securities dealer or a bank) with no clearing organization guarantee. Thus, when the fund purchases an OTC option, it relies on the counterparty from whom it purchased the option to make or take delivery of the underlying investment upon exercise of the option. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any premium paid by the fund as well as the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

The fund’s ability to establish and close out positions in exchange-listed options depends on the existence of a liquid market. However, there can be no assurance that such a market will exist at any particular time. Closing transactions can be made for OTC options only by negotiating directly with the counterparty, or by a transaction in the secondary market if any such market exists. There can be no assurance that the fund will in fact be able to close out an OTC option position at a favorable price prior to expiration. In the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the fund might be unable to close out an OTC option position at any time prior to its expiration, if at all.

If the fund were unable to effect a closing transaction for an option it had purchased, due to the absence of a secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it would have to exercise the option to realize any profit. The inability to enter into a closing purchase transaction for a covered call option written by the fund could cause material losses because the fund would be unable to sell the investment used as cover for the written option until the option expires or is exercised.

Options have varying expiration dates. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market value of the underlying security or other instrument. Options purchased by the fund that expire unexercised have no value, and the fund will realize a loss in the amount of the premium paid and any transaction costs. If an option written by the fund expires unexercised, the fund realizes a gain equal to the premium received at the time the option was written. Transaction costs must be included in these calculations.

Options on Indices. Puts and calls on indices are similar to puts and calls on securities or futures contracts except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question rather than on price movements in individual securities or futures contracts. When the fund writes a call on an index, it receives a premium and agrees that, prior to the expiration date, the purchaser of the call, upon exercise of the call, will receive from the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. The amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (“multiplier”), which determines the total dollar value for each point of such difference. When the fund buys a call on an index, it pays a premium and has the same rights as to such call as are indicated above. When the fund buys a put on an index, it pays a premium and has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the seller of the put, upon the fund’s exercise of the put, to deliver to the fund an amount of cash if the closing level of the index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put, which amount of cash is determined by the multiplier, as described above for calls. When the fund writes a put on an index, it receives a premium and the purchaser of the put has the right, prior to the expiration date, to require the fund to deliver to it an amount of cash equal to the difference between the closing level of the index and exercise price times the multiplier if the closing level is less than the exercise price.

Risks of Options on Indices. The risks of investment in options on indices may be greater than options on securities. Because index options are settled in cash, when the fund writes a call on an index it cannot provide in advance for its potential settlement obligations by acquiring and holding the underlying securities. The fund can offset some of the risk of writing a call index option by holding a diversified portfolio of securities similar to those on which the underlying index is based. However, the fund cannot, as a practical matter, acquire and hold a portfolio containing exactly the same securities as underlie the index and, as a result, bears a risk that the value of the securities held will vary from the value of the index.

40

Even if the fund could assemble a portfolio that exactly reproduced the composition of the underlying index, it still would not be fully covered from a risk standpoint because of the “timing risk” inherent in writing index options. When an index option is exercised, the amount of cash that the holder is entitled to receive is determined by the difference between the exercise price and the closing index level on the date when the option is exercised. As with other kinds of options, the fund as the call writer will not learn that the fund has been assigned until the next business day at the earliest. The time lag between exercise and notice of assignment poses no risk for the writer of a covered call on a specific underlying security, such as common stock, because there the writer’s obligation is to deliver the underlying security, not to pay its value as of a fixed time in the past. So long as the writer already owns the underlying security, it can satisfy its settlement obligations by simply delivering it, and the risk that its value may have declined since the exercise date is borne by the exercising holder. In contrast, even if the writer of an index call holds securities that exactly match the composition of the underlying index, it will not be able to satisfy its assignment obligations by delivering those securities against payment of the exercise price. Instead, it will be required to pay cash in an amount based on the closing index value on the exercise date. By the time it learns that it has been assigned, the index may have declined, with a corresponding decline in the value of its portfolio. This “timing risk” is an inherent limitation on the ability of index call writers to cover their risk exposure by holding securities positions.

If the fund has purchased an index option and exercises it before the closing index value for that day is available, it runs the risk that the level of the underlying index may subsequently change. If such a change causes the exercised option to fall out-of-the-money, the fund will be required to pay the difference between the closing index value and the exercise price of the option (times the applicable multiplier) to the assigned writer.

OTC Options. Unlike exchange-traded options, which are standardized with respect to the underlying instrument, expiration date, contract size, and strike price, the terms of OTC options (options not traded on exchanges) generally are established through negotiation with the other party to the option contract. While this type of arrangement allows the fund great flexibility to tailor the option to its needs, OTC options generally involve greater risk than exchange-traded options, which are guaranteed by the clearing organization of the exchanges where they are traded. In addition, OTC options are considered illiquid by the SEC.

Generally, OTC non-U.S. currency options used by the fund are European-style options. This means that the option is only exercisable immediately prior to its expiration. This is in contrast to American-style options, which are exercisable at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. A financial futures contract sale creates an obligation by the seller to deliver the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month for a stated price. A financial futures contract purchase creates an obligation by the purchaser to take delivery of the type of Financial Instrument called for in the contract in a specified delivery month at a stated price. The fund may invest in single security futures contracts to the extent permitted by applicable law. Options on futures give the purchaser the right to assume a position in a futures contract at the specified option exercise price at any time during the period of the option. The purchase of futures or call options on futures can serve as a long hedge, and the sale of futures or the purchase of put options on futures can serve as a short hedge. Writing call options on futures contracts can serve as a limited short hedge, using a strategy similar to that used for writing call options on securities or indices. Similarly, writing put options on futures contracts can serve as a limited long hedge. Futures contracts and options on futures contracts can also be purchased and sold to attempt to enhance income or yield. To the extent permitted by applicable law and the fund’s investment policies, the fund may also write call and put options on futures contracts that are not covered.

In addition, futures strategies can be used to manage the average duration of the fund’s fixed-income portfolio. If the subadvisers wish to shorten the average duration of the fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the fund may sell a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or purchase a put option on that futures contract. If the subadvisers wish to lengthen the average duration of the fund’s fixed-income portfolio, the fund may buy a debt futures contract or a call option thereon, or sell a put option thereon.

41

Futures contracts may also be used for non-hedging purposes, such as to simulate full investment in underlying securities while retaining a cash balance for portfolio management purposes, as a substitute for direct investment in a security, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs, or to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract or option is priced more attractively than the underlying security or index.

No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Instead, at the inception of a futures contract the fund is required to deposit “initial margin.” Margin must also be deposited when writing a call or put option on a futures contract, in accordance with applicable exchange rules. Unlike margin in securities transactions, initial margin on futures contracts does not represent a borrowing, but rather is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit that is returned to the fund at the termination of the transaction if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Under certain circumstances, such as periods of high volatility, the fund may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment, and initial margin requirements might be increased generally in the future by regulatory action.

Subsequent “variation margin” payments are made to and from the futures broker daily as the value of the futures position varies, a process known as “marking-to-market.” Variation margin does not involve borrowing, but rather represents a daily settlement of the fund’s obligations to or from a futures broker. When the fund purchases an option on a futures contract, the premium paid plus transaction costs is all that is at risk. However, there may be circumstances when the purchase of an option on a futures contract would result in a loss to the fund when the use of a futures contract would not, such as when there is no movement in the value of the securities or currencies being hedged. In contrast, when the fund purchases or sells a futures contract or writes a call or put option thereon, it is subject to daily variation margin calls that could be substantial in the event of adverse price movements. If the fund has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it might need to sell securities at a time when such sales are disadvantageous.

Although some futures and options on futures call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities or currencies, generally those contracts are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures or options (involving the same currency or underlying security and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the fund realizes a gain, or if it is more, the fund realizes a loss. If an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the fund realizes a gain, or if it is less, the fund realizes a loss. The fund will also bear transaction costs for each contract, which will be included in these calculations. Positions in futures and options on futures may be closed only on an exchange or board of trade that provides a secondary market. However, there can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular contract at a particular time. In such event, it may not be possible to close a futures contract or options position.

Under certain circumstances, futures exchanges may establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract can vary from the previous day’s settlement price; once that limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. Daily price limits do not limit potential losses because prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive days with little or no trading, thereby preventing liquidation of unfavorable positions.

If the fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market, the imposition of price limits or otherwise, it could incur substantial losses. The fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position. In addition, except in the case of purchased options, the fund would continue to be required to make daily variation margin payments and might be required to maintain the position being hedged by the future or option or to maintain cash or securities in a segregated account.

The fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

42

Risks of Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The ordinary spreads between prices in the cash and futures markets (including the options on futures market), due to differences in the natures of those markets, are subject to the following factors, which may create distortions. First, all participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance requirements. Rather than meeting additional margin deposit requirements, investors may close futures contracts through offsetting transactions, which could distort the normal relationship between the cash and futures markets. Second, the liquidity of the futures market depends on participants entering into offsetting transactions rather than making or taking delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery, liquidity in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing distortion. Third, from the point of view of speculators, the deposit requirements in the futures market are less onerous than margin requirements in the securities market. Therefore, increased participation by speculators in the futures market may cause temporary price distortions. Due to the possibility of distortion, a correct forecast of general interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market trends by the subadvisers may still not result in a successful transaction. Of course, the subadvisers may be incorrect in their expectations as to the extent of various interest rate, currency exchange rate or stock market movements or the time span within which the movements take place.

Index Futures. The risk of imperfect correlation between movements in the price of index futures and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge increases as the composition of the fund’s portfolio diverges from the securities included in the applicable index. The price of the index futures may move more than or less than the price of the securities being hedged. If the price of the index futures moves less than the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully effective, but if the price of the securities being hedged has moved in an unfavorable direction, the fund would be in a better position than if it had not hedged at all. If the price of the securities being hedged has moved in a favorable direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the futures contract. If the price of the futures contract moves more than the price of the securities, the fund will experience either a loss or a gain on the futures contract that will not be completely offset by movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. To compensate for the imperfect correlation of movements in the price of the securities being hedged and movements in the price of the index futures, the fund may buy or sell index futures in a greater dollar amount than the dollar amount of the securities being hedged if the historical volatility of the prices of such securities being hedged is more than the historical volatility of the prices of the securities included in the index. It is also possible that, where the fund has sold index futures contracts to hedge against decline in the market, the market may advance and the value of the securities held in the fund may decline. If this occurred, the fund would lose money on the futures contract and also experience a decline in value of its portfolio securities. However, while this could occur for a very brief period or to a very small degree, over time the value of a diversified portfolio of securities will tend to move in the same direction as the market indices on which the futures contracts are based.

Where index futures are purchased to hedge against a possible increase in the price of securities before the fund is able to invest in them in an orderly fashion, it is possible that the market may decline instead. If the fund then concludes not to invest in them at that time because of concern as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, it will realize a loss on the futures contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the securities it had anticipated purchasing.

To the extent such instruments are permitted by applicable law and the fund’s investment policies, the fund may invest in security futures. Such investments are expected to be subject to risks similar to those of index future investing.

* * * * *

To the extent that the fund enters into futures contracts, options on futures contracts and/or options on foreign currencies traded on a CFTC-regulated exchange that are not for bona fide hedging purposes (as defined by the CFTC), the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish these positions (excluding the

43

amount by which options are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase) may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the fund’s portfolio, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any contracts the fund has entered into. (In general, a call option on a futures contract is “in-the-money” if the value of the underlying futures contract exceeds the strike, i.e., exercise, price of the call; a put option on a futures contract is “in-the-money” if the value of the underlying futures contract is exceeded by the strike price of the put.) This policy does not limit to 5% the percentage of the fund’s assets that are at risk in futures contracts, options on futures contracts and currency options.

Non-U.S. Currency Hedging Strategies—Special Considerations. The fund may invest in securities that are denominated in non-U.S. currencies and may engage in a variety of non-U.S. currency exchange transactions to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates or to earn additional income. The fund may use options and futures contracts, swaps and indexed notes relating to non-U.S. currencies as described above and forward currency contracts, as described below, to attempt to hedge against movements in the values of the non-U.S. currencies in which the fund’s securities are denominated or to attempt to enhance income or yield. Currency hedges can protect against price movements in a security that the fund owns or intends to acquire that are attributable to changes in the value of the currency in which it is denominated. Such hedges do not, however, protect against price movements in the securities that are attributable to other causes.

The fund might seek to hedge against changes in the value of a particular currency when no Financial Instruments on that currency are available or such Financial Instruments are more expensive than certain other Financial Instruments. In such cases, the fund may seek to hedge against price movements in that currency by entering into transactions using Financial Instruments on another currency or a basket of currencies, the value of which the fund’s subadvisers believe will have a high degree of correlation to the value of the currency being hedged. The risk that movements in the price of the Financial Instrument will not correlate perfectly with movements in the price of the currency subject to the hedging transaction is magnified when this strategy is used.

The value of Financial Instruments on non-U.S. currencies depends on the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. Because non-U.S. currency transactions occurring in the interbank market might involve substantially larger amounts than those involved in the use of such Financial Instruments, the fund could be disadvantaged by having to deal in the odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying non-U.S. currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.

There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for non-U.S. currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Quotation information generally is representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus might not reflect odd-lot transactions where rates might be less favorable. The interbank market in non-U.S. currencies is a global, round-the-clock market. To the extent the U.S. options or futures markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements might take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the markets for the Financial Instruments until they reopen.

Settlement of hedging transactions involving non-U.S. currencies might be required to take place within the country issuing the underlying currency. Thus, the fund might be required to accept or make delivery of the underlying non-U.S. currency in accordance with any U.S. or non-U.S. regulations regarding the maintenance of non-U.S. banking arrangements by U.S. residents and might be required to pay any fees, taxes and charges associated with such delivery assessed in the issuing country.

Options on non-U.S. currencies also have the risks of options on securities. See “Risks of Options on Securities” above.

Forward Currency Contracts. The fund may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell non-U.S. currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another non-U.S. currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of

44

days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the forward currency contract. These forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Forward currency contracts may be used to attempt to hedge currency exposure or to enhance return or yield.

Such transactions may serve as long hedges; for example, the fund may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a non-U.S. currency that the fund intends to acquire. Forward currency contract transactions may also serve as short hedges; for example, the fund may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security, dividend or interest payment denominated in a non-U.S. currency.

The fund may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in non-U.S. currency. For example, if the fund owned securities denominated in euros, it could enter into a forward currency contract to sell euros in return for U.S. dollars to hedge against possible declines in the euro’s value. Such a hedge, sometimes referred to as a “position hedge,” would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The fund could also hedge the position by selling another currency expected to perform similarly to the Euro. This type of hedge, sometimes referred to as a “proxy hedge,” could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but generally would not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple hedge into U.S. dollars. Proxy hedges may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated.

The cost to the fund of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the fund enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of any expected benefit of the transaction.

As is the case with futures contracts, parties to forward currency contracts can enter into offsetting closing transactions, similar to closing transactions on futures contracts, by selling or purchasing, respectively, an instrument identical to the instrument purchased or sold. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the fund will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the event of insolvency of the counterparty, the fund might be unable to close out a forward currency contract at any time prior to maturity, if at all. In either event, the fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain the required cover.

The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the non-U.S. currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the fund might need to purchase or sell non-U.S. currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such non-U.S. currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. In addition, although forward currency contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currencies increase.

Successful use of forward currency contracts depends on the subadvisers’ skill in analyzing and predicting currency values. Forward currency contracts may substantially change the fund’s exposure to changes in currency exchange rates and could result in losses to the fund if currencies do not perform as the subadvisers anticipate. There is no assurance that the subadvisers’ use of forward currency contracts will be advantageous to the fund or that the subadvisers will hedge at an appropriate time.

45

Combined Positions. The fund may purchase and write options in combination with each other, or in combination with other Financial Instruments, to adjust the risk and return characteristics of its overall position. For example, the fund may purchase a put option and write a call option on the same underlying instrument, in order to construct a combined position whose risk and return characteristics are similar to selling a futures contract. Another possible combined position would involve writing a call option at one strike price and buying a call option at a lower price, in order to reduce the risk of the written call option in the event of a substantial price increase. Because combined options positions involve multiple trades, they result in higher transaction costs and may be more difficult to open and close out.

Turnover. The fund’s options and futures activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commission payments. The exercise of calls or puts written by the fund, and the sale or purchase of futures contracts, may cause it to sell or purchase related investments, thus increasing its turnover rate. Once the fund has received an exercise notice on an option it has written, it cannot effect a closing transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver or receive the underlying securities at the exercise price. The exercise of puts purchased by the fund may also cause the sale of related investments, also increasing turnover; although such exercise is within the fund’s control, holding a protective put might cause it to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. The fund will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys or sells a put or call or purchases or sells a futures contract. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales.

Swaps, Caps, Floors and Collars. The fund may enter into swaps, caps, floors and collars to preserve a return or a spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio, to protect against any increase in the price of securities the fund anticipates purchasing at a later date or to attempt to enhance yield. A swap involves the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive cash flows, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed-rate payments. The purchase of a cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the cap. The purchase of a floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined value, to receive payments on a notional principal amount from the party selling the floor. A collar combines elements of a cap and a floor.

Swap agreements, including caps, floors and collars, can be individually negotiated and structured to include exposure to a variety of different types of investments or market factors. Depending on their structure, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield because, and to the extent, these agreements affect the fund’s exposure to long- or short-term interest rates, non-U.S. currency values, mortgage-backed security values, corporate borrowing rates or other factors such as security prices or inflation rates.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options.

If a counterparty’s creditworthiness declines, the value of the agreement would be likely to decline, potentially resulting in losses. If a default occurs by the other party to such transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction, which may be limited by applicable law in the case of a counterparty’s insolvency.

The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for investment purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or non-U.S. corporate issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap which may be significantly larger than the fund’s cost to enter into the credit default swap.

46

The fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would only generate income in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (or, as applicable, a credit downgrade or other indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk—that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the fund in the event of a default.

The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap will be accrued on a daily basis, depending on whether a threshold amount (if any) is exceeded, and an amount of cash or liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value approximately equal to the accrued excess will be maintained as collateral. The fund will also maintain collateral with respect to its total obligations under any swaps that are not entered into on a net basis, and will maintain collateral as required by SEC guidelines from time to time with respect to caps and floors written by the fund.

Flexibility. Generally, the foregoing is not intended to limit the fund’s investment flexibility, unless such a limitation is expressly stated, and therefore will be construed by the fund as broadly as possible. Statements concerning what the fund may do are not intended to limit other any activity. The fund maintain the flexibility to use Financial Instruments for any purpose consistent with applicable law and any express limitations in the SAI or the Prospectus.

The fund does not intend to purchase caps, collars or floors if, as a result, more than 5% of its net assets would thereby be placed at risk.

The fund may engage in swaps with a value equaling up to 10% of its total assets; however, no more than 5% of its assets can be exposed at any time through swaps with any one counterparty and each counterparty must have a minimum S&P rating of AA.

Credit Ratings

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by a fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the fund’s portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage-or asset backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case the fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Portfolio Turnover

The fund may have an annual portfolio turnover rate significantly in excess of 100%. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of securities for the period by the average value of portfolio securities for that period. Short-term securities are excluded from the calculation. High portfolio turnover rates (100% or more) will involve correspondingly greater transaction costs which will be borne directly by the fund. It may also increase the amount of short-term capital gains realized by the fund and thus may affect the tax treatment of distributions paid to shareholders, because distributions of net short-term capital gains are taxable as ordinary income. The fund will take these possibilities into account as part of its investment strategies.

47

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The fund is subject to other restrictions and policies that are “non-fundamental” and that may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval, subject to any applicable disclosure requirements.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to

48

be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit the fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even

49

though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

50

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Unless otherwise stated, the fund’s investment policies and limitations are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval. The following are some of the non-fundamental investment limitations that the fund currently observes:

1. Borrowing: The fund will not borrow for investment purposes an amount in excess of 5% of its total assets.

2. Illiquid Securities: The fund may invest up to 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.

3. Short Sales: The fund may not sell securities short (unless it owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent in kind and amount to the securities sold short). This restriction does not prevent the fund from entering into short positions in foreign currency, futures contracts, options, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, securities purchased or sold on a forward-commitment or delayed-delivery basis or other financial instruments. The fund does not intend to make short sales in excess of 5% of its net assets during the coming year.

4. Margin Purchases: The fund may not purchase securities on margin, except that (a) the fund may obtain such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of transactions and (b) the fund may make margin payments in connection with foreign currency, futures contracts, options, forward contracts, swaps, caps, floors, collars, securities purchased or sold on a foreign-commitment or delayed-delivery basis or other financial instruments.

Except as otherwise stated, if a fundamental or non-fundamental percentage limitation set forth in the prospectus or this SAI is complied with at the time an investment is made, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in the relevant parameters will not be considered to be outside the limitation. The fund will monitor the level of borrowing and illiquid securities in its portfolio and will make necessary adjustments to maintain the required asset coverage and adequate liquidity.

Non-Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a non-diversified fund under the 1940 Act. The fund does, however, intend to qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), which requires, among other things, at the close of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year: (1) with respect to 50% of the value of its total assets, no more than 5% of that value may be invested in the securities of any one issuer and it may not hold more than 10% of any issuer’s outstanding voting securities and (2) no more than 25% of that value may be invested in the securities of any one issuer or, under certain circumstances, two or more issuers the fund controls. These limits do not apply to U.S. Government securities or securities of other RICs.

Portfolio Turnover

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should a subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

Increased portfolio turnover necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts). The fund is newly-organized so no portfolio turnover rates are available for the fund for past periods.

51

Portfolio Transactions

Subject to such policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the subadvisers are primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions.

Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market, but the price of those securities includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Over-the-counter purchases and sales are transacted directly with principal market makers except where it is believed that better prices and executions may be obtained elsewhere. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and each Sub-Advisory Agreement, each of the manager and each subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and each subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker-dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker-dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, a subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and each subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or such subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or a subadviser and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and/or a subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, neither the manager nor any subadviser believes that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or a subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or a subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund did not direct any commissions on brokerage transactions to brokers because of research services provided.

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker-dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has

52

adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions for portfolio transactions of $550.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or a subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or a subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same manager, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or a subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of the fund, which had the following values as of December 31, 2007:

Broker/ Dealer	Value of Securities as of December 31, 2007
Lehman Brothers, Inc.	$272,508
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Inc.	$114,574
Bear Stearns & Co. Inc.	$  38,173

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributors, or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end for funds other than money market funds, and 25 calendar days following month-end with respect to money market funds. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end, except in the case of a money market fund’s holdings, which may be released with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after month end. Typically,

53

simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to a Legg Mason or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration (for fixed-income and money market funds), performance attribution (e.g., analysis of the fund’s out performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its independent trustees, and its independent public accountants, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason, nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s board of trustees.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s board of trustees.

The fund will disclose its complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter end on its website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the fund, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information in accordance with the policy, as well as the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

54

Recipient	Frequency	Delay before dissemination
State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)	Daily	None
Institutional Shareholders Services (Proxy Voting Services)	As necessary	None
Bloomberg	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Lipper	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
S&P	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Morningstar	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Vestek	Daily	None
Factset	Daily	None
The Bank of New York	Daily	None
Thomson	Semi-annually	None
Dataware	Daily	None
ITG	Daily	None

Portfolio holdings information for the fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

Recipient	Frequency	Delay before dissemination
Baseline	Daily	None
Frank Russell	Monthly	1 day
Callan	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Mercer	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
eVestment Alliance	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
CRA RogersCasey	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Cambridge Associates	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Marco Consulting	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Wilshire	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Informa Investment Services (Efron)	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
CheckFree (Mobius)	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Nelsons Information	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Investor Tools	Daily	None
Advent	Daily	None
BARRA	Daily	None
Plexus	Quarterly (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a quarter
Elkins/McSherry	Quarterly (Calendar)	Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a quarter
Quantitative Services Group	Daily	None
AMBAC	Daily	None
Deutsche Bank	Monthly	6-8 business days
Fitch	Monthly	6-8 business days
Liberty Hampshire	Weekly and Month End	None
Sun Trust	Weekly and Month End	None
New England Pension Consultants	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Evaluation Associates	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
Watson Wyatt	Quarterly	25 days after quarter end
S&P (Rating Agency)	Weekly Tuesday Night*	1 business day*
Moody’s (Rating Agency)	Monthly*	6-8 business days*
Electra Information Systems	Daily	None
SunGard	Daily	None

* For a money market fund, the frequency of the release of information to this recipient may be weekly and there may be no delay in the release of the information.

55

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, C, FI or R shares, as applicable. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21), and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Share certificates for the fund will not be issued.

Purchase orders received by the fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers that meet the applicable minimum on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer may be charged a fee by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the fund’s prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value (“NAV”) plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the fund’s prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund, as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust

56

estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

C Shares. Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI and Class R Shares. Class FI and Class R shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired Board Members, (ii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iii) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21), and (iv) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the funds’ distributors or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege. Please see the fund’s prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

57

Letter of Intent—helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of five Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

(1) $100,000	(4) $750,000
(2) $250,000	(5) $1,000,000
(3) $500,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter of Intent will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter of Intent, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter of Intent.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible. This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the Letter of Intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Asset Level Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares, and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter of Intent. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, contact PFPC

58

prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter of Intent, and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares, as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter of Intent. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter of Intent. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, by notifying PFPC in writing. The Letter of Intent will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter of Intent. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter of Intent are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter of Intent before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between (a) the sales charge actually paid, and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter of Intent. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, PFPC, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class C shares; and (b) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment

59

of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners Funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70 ¹/2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59 ¹/2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by a distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to PFPC together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

60

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one Class, any request for redemption must specify the Class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which Class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the Class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances.

Redemption proceeds will normally be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days. However, if you recently purchased your shares by check, your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to an additional 8 days to make certain your check has cleared. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Distribution in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between Classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program

Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the

61

telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least 7 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A and C shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the net asset value of a share of the fund as of December 31, 2007.

Class A (based on a net asset value of $8.80 and a maximum initial sales charge of 4.25%) $ 9.19

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

General. The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of the fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested, at a price as described above, in shares of the fund being acquired. The distributors reserve the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A; FI and R Exchanges. Class A, FI and R shareholders who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares” in the fund’s prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures

62

discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges may legally be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent, or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

DISTRIBUTOR

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement (the “distribution agreement”). Prior to December 1, 2007, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), an indirect subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”), also served as a distributor along with LMIS.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the independent trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”).

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

The Trust has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan (the “Distribution Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to the Class A, C, FI and R shares of the fund.

Under the Distribution Plan, the fund may pay monthly fees at an annual rate not to exceed: 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class A shares; 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class C shares; 0.25% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class FI shares; and 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the fund attributable to Class R shares.

Fees under the Distribution Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services, provided, however, that the fees paid to a recipient with respect

63

to a particular Class that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of that Class, or that may be used to cover expenses primarily intended for personal service and/or maintenance of shareholder accounts, may not exceed the maximum amounts, if any, as may from time to time be permitted for such services under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) Conduct Rule 2830 or any successor rule, in each case as amended or interpreted by FINRA

The Distribution Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, C, FI and R investors.

The Distribution Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the Distribution Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the Distribution Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the Distribution Plan for the fund, the trustees will review the Distribution Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The Distribution Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the Distribution Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

As contemplated by the Distributions Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Under its terms, the Distribution Plan continues in effect for one year and thereafter for successive annual periods, provided such continuance is approved annually by a vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have not direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the Distribution Plan. The Distribution Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the Distribution Plan must be approved by the Trustee, including all of the Independent Trustees, in the manner described above. The Distribution Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time, without penalty, by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Sales Charges and Service and Distribution Plan Fees

The fund incurred the following service and distribution fees pursuant to the Distribution Plan during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Class A	$	216,226
Class C	$	121

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 are set forth in the following table:

	Third Party Service Fees	Third Party Distribution Fees	Financial Advisor Expenses	Marketing Distribution	Printing
Class A*	$35,497	$155,000	$4,479	$10,919	N/A
Class C	$84	$0	$0	$579	$0

* Includes distribution expenses incurred by Primary Class shares of the predecessor Fund.

64

CGMI did not incur any distribution expenses for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Since Class FI and Class R shares are newly-offered, the fund did not incur any service or distribution fees with respect to such classes during the last three fiscal years.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund’s Classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class will differ. Please see the fund’s prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions

The fund’s policy is to distribute its net investment income monthly and net realized capital gains, if any, annually. The fund may also pay additional dividends shortly before December 31 from certain amounts of undistributed ordinary earnings and realized capital gains, in order to avoid a federal excise tax liability.

If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, dividends and capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same Class at net asset value, subject to no sales charge or contingent deferred sales charge. A shareholder may change the option at any time by notifying his or her Service Agent. Shareholders whose accounts are held directly at the transfer agent should notify the transfer agent in writing, requesting a change to this reinvestment option.

Dividends on a class of shares of the fund may be lower than another class of shares as a result of different expenses with respect to the classes. Distributions of capital gains, if any, will be in the same amount for each class of shares.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income (and, where noted, state and local) tax considerations affecting the fund and its shareholders. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Each current and prospective shareholder is urged to consult his or her own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year as a regulated investment company or “RIC” under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an

65

established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, in the securities (other than the securities of other regulated investment companies) any two or more issuers that the fund controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships. The fund expects that all of its foreign currency gains will be directly related to its principal business of investing in stocks and securities.

The fund’s investments in partnerships, if any, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., generally, the taxable income of a RIC other than its net capital gain, plus or minus certain other adjustments), and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate tax rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

As of December 31, 2007, the Fund had the following net capital loss carryforwards remaining:

Year of Expiration	Amount
12/31/2008	$	(1,987,014	)
12/31/2009		(106,895	)
12/31/2010		(204,613	)
12/31/2015		(52,429	)
	$	(2,350,951	)

These amounts will be available to offset any future taxable capital gains.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a RIC under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income to the extent of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. However, such dividends will be eligible, subject to any generally applicable limitations, (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals, and (ii) for the dividends-received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. If the fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out

66

its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. In addition, if the fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund might be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent year.

The fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income prior to the receipt of cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, the fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon securities, foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a RIC.

The fund’s investment in so called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and, to the extent permitted, options on most stock indices are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” or part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year).

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a

67

result of (1) the mark-to-market rules; constructive sale rules or rules applicable to PFICs (defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the fund, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. The fund might also meet the distribution requirements by borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expense.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The fund does not expect to be eligible to elect to pass through foreign taxes to its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits or deductions on their own tax returns for foreign taxes paid by the fund. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), and does not make certain elections, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the applicable fund, the fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss. In order to make the “qualified electing fund” election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, a fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute such excess income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax. In order to distribute this income and avoid a tax on the applicable fund, that fund might be required to liquidate portfolio securities that it might otherwise have continued to hold, potentially resulting in additional taxable gain or loss.

68

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, if any dividend or distribution is declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month but actually paid during the following January, such dividend or distribution will be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for United States federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon timely filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”).

Dividends of net investment income and distributions of net realized short-term capital gains are taxable to a shareholder as ordinary income, whether paid in cash or in shares. Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. Special rules, however, apply to certain dividends paid to individuals. Certain dividends, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to the portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the Fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the Fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, qualified dividend income generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a REIT or from another RIC generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such REIT or RIC. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

69

If an individual receives a dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An extraordinary dividend on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Dividends paid by the fund attributable to dividends on stock of U.S. corporations received by the fund, if any, with respect to which the fund meets certain holding period requirements, may qualify for the deduction for dividends received by corporations. The fund does not anticipate that any of its dividends paid will so qualify. The fund also does not expect any distributions to be treated as “qualified dividend income,” which, in the hands of non-corporate shareholders, is taxed at reduced rates.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets).

Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them.

If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends are included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder (including amounts credited to the shareholder as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the

70

disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis in the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required in certain circumstances to apply backup withholding at the rate of 28% on taxable dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liabilities. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that have already been subject to the 30% withholding tax described below under “Non-U.S. Shareholders”.

Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Taxation. Distributions also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Non-U.S. Shareholders

Ordinary dividends and certain other payments made by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be determined in accordance with an applicable treaty). In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax (and, where noted, state and local tax) consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

71

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Income Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting. The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration. The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares. The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

72

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings. The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts. The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability. The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law.

Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the board or of a committee of the board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions. The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining

73

the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the funds’ printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI and a number of its then affiliates, including Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Legg Mason funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). Neither the fund nor the fund’s predecessor is a Defendant Fund.

The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested, including the fund, and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of

74

the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against CAM, ClearBridge Asset Management Inc, SBFM and CGMI as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against the fund, the fund’s predecessor or any of the Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint. The Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Second Amended Complaint. On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendant’s motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the Legg Mason funds, and CGMI, a former distributor of the funds, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”). Neither the fund nor the fund’s predecessor is an Affected Fund.

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above- described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in

75

accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ Boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses. The five actions were subsequently consolidated, and a consolidated complaint was filed. Neither the fund nor the fund’s predecessor is involved in these actions.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint, and judgement was later entered. An appeal has been filed and is pending before the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.

***

As previously disclosed, on September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management (“SBAM”) that the staff was considering recommending that the SEC institute administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its current manager.

***

On or about May 30, 2006, John Halebian, a purported shareholder of Citi New York Tax Free Reserves, a series of Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, formerly a series of CitiFunds Trust III (the “Subject Trust”), filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against the independent trustees of the Subject Trust (Elliott J. Berv, Donald M. Carlton, A. Benton Cocanougher, Mark T. Finn, Stephen Randolph Gross, Diana R. Harrington, Susan B. Kerley, Alan G. Merten and R. Richardson Pettit). The Subject Trust is also named in the complaint as a defendant.

The complaint alleges both derivative claims on behalf of the Subject Trust and class claims on behalf of a putative class of shareholders of the Subject Trust in connection with the 2005 sale of Citigroup’s asset

76

management business to Legg Mason and the related approval of new investment advisory agreements by the trustees and shareholders. In the derivative claim, the plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the independent trustees breached their fiduciary duty to the Subject Trust and its shareholders by failing to negotiate lower fees or seek competing bids from other qualified investment advisers in connection with Citigroup’s sale to Legg Mason. In the claims brought on behalf of the putative class of shareholders, the plaintiff alleges that the independent trustees violated the proxy solicitation requirements of the 1940 Act, and breached their fiduciary duty to shareholders, by virtue of the voting procedures, including “echo voting,” used to obtain approval of the new investment advisory agreements and statements made in a proxy statement regarding those voting procedures. The plaintiff alleges that the proxy statement was misleading because it failed to disclose that the voting procedures violated the 1940 Act. The relief sought includes an award of damages, rescission of the advisory agreement, and an award of costs and attorney fees.

In advance of filing the complaint, Mr. Halebian’s lawyers made written demand for relief on the Board of the Subject Trust, and the Board’s independent trustees formed a demand review committee to investigate the matters raised in the demand, and subsequently in the complaint, and recommend a course of action to the Board. The committee, after a thorough review, has determined that the independent trustees did not breach their fiduciary duties as alleged by Mr. Halebian, and that the action demanded by Mr. Halebian would not be in the best interests of the Subject Trust. The Board of the Subject Trust (the trustee who is an “interested person” of the Subject Trust, within the meaning of the 1940 Act, having recused himself from the matter), after receiving and considering the committee’s report and based upon the findings of the committee, subsequently also has so determined and, adopting the recommendation of the committee, has directed counsel to move to dismiss Mr. Halebian’s complaint. A motion to dismiss was filed on October 23, 2006. Opposition papers were filed on or about December 7, 2006. The complaint was dismissed on July 31, 2007. Mr. Halebian has filed an appeal in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit. The appeal is pending.

***

On July 24, 2007, NYSE Regulation, Inc. (“NYSE Regulation”) and the New Jersey Bureau of Securities (“NJBS”) announced they had censured and fined Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) for failing to supervise trading of mutual fund shares and variable annuity mutual fund sub-accounts, failing to prevent deceptive market timing by certain brokers on behalf of hedge-fund customers, and failing to maintain adequate books and records during the period from January 2000 to September 2003. Under the settlement with NYSE Regulation and NJBS, CGMI agreed to pay a total of $50 million in disgorgement and penalties and neither admitted nor denied guilt. CGMI is a distributor of the fund. The fund’s manager believes that this settlement will not have any effect on the financial position or results of operations of the fund. The manager has been informed by CGMI that the settlement will not affect the ability of CGMI to continue to render services to the fund under its contract.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years or periods in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on March 6, 2008; Accession Number 0001193125-08-048728).

77

APPENDIX A

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES OF WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT

COMPANY AND WESTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY LIMITED

Background

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

Policy

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

At account start-up, or upon amendment of an investment management agreement, the applicable client investment management agreement are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

A-1

Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

A-2

d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

3. Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

A-3

I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

A-4

4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses (e.g., proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers—i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the

A-5

NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

A-6

APPENDIX B

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa—Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa—Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A—Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa—Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba—Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B—Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa—Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca—Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C—Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1,” “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

B-1

P-2—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP—Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA—An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA—An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A—An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB—An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C—Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB—An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-2

CCC—An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC—An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C—A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A “C” also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

D—An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the

B-3

likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1—Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2—Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3—Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B—A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of “B-1,” “B-2” and “B-3” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “B” category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1—A short-term obligation rated “B-1” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2—A short-term obligation rated “B-2” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-4

B-3—A short-term obligation rated “B-3” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C—A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D—A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf

B-5

Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1—This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2—Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated “A-1.”

A-3—Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B—Issues rated “B” are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C—This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D—Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

B-6

Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA—Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA—Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A—High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB—Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB—Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B—Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, “B” ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R1” (outstanding).

CCC—For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of “R2” (superior), or “R3” (good) or “R4” (average).

CC—For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of “R4” (average) or “R5” (below average).

B-7

C—For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R6” (poor).

RD—Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D—Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated “D” upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of “C” to “B” ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the “B” or “CCC-C” categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1—Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2—Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3—Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B—Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

B-8

C—High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D—Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-term rating category, to categories below “CCC,” or to Short-term ratings other than “F1.” (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive,” indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative,” for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving,” if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are “stable” could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e., those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term “put” or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

“PIF”: Paid-in-Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

“NR” indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

“Withdrawn”: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

B-9